Exhibit 10.7


 


EXECUTION VERSION


 


 





 


ORIGINALLY DATED
3 SEPTEMBER 2019

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED BY AN AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT 

DATED 29 SEPTEMBER 2021


 


Facilities Agreement


 


between


 


IHS Netherlands
Holdco B.V. 


as Holdco


 


IHS (Nigeria)
Limited, 


IHS Towers NG
Limited, and 


INT Towers Limited 


as Borrowers


 


Absa Bank Limited
(acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking 

division), Citibank, N.A., London Branch, 


FirstRand Bank
Limited (London Branch), acting through its Rand


Merchant Bank division, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, J.P. Morgan

 Securities plc and Standard
Chartered Bank 


as Mandated Lead
Arrangers and Bookrunners


 


Ecobank Nigeria
Limited 


as Agent


 


and others


 


White & Case LLP


PO Box 9705


Level 6, Burj Daman, Al Mustaqbal Street


Dubai International Financial Centre


Dubai


United Arab Emirates 


 



    


     


    

 


	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	1.	Definitions and Interpretation	1
	2.	The Facilities	52
	3.	Purpose	55
	4.	Conditions of Utilisation	55
	5.	Utilisation – Loans	57
	6.	Repayment	59
	7.	Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation	61
	8.	Mandatory Prepayment	63
	9.	Restrictions	66
	10A.	Rate Switch	67
	10.	Interest	68
	11.	Interest Periods	70
	12.	Changes to the Calculation of Interest	71
	13.	Fees	73
	14.	Taxes	75
	15.	Increased Costs	79
	16.	Other Indemnities	81
	17.	Mitigation by the Lenders	82
	18.	Costs and Expenses	83
	19.	Guarantee and Indemnity	84
	20.	Representations and Warranties	87
	21.	Information Undertakings	93
	22.	Financial Covenants	97
	23.	General Undertakings	100
	24.	Events of Default	108
	25.	Changes to the Lenders	114
	26.	Restriction on Debt Purchase Transactions	119
	27.	Assignment and Transfers by Obligors	120
	28.	Role of the Agent, the Arrangers and Others	122
	29.	Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties	129
	30.	Sharing Among the Finance Parties	131
	31.	Payment Mechanics	133
	32.	Set-Off	136
	33.	Notices	136
	34.	Calculations and Certificates	139
	35.	Partial Invalidity	140
	36.	Remedies and Waivers	140



 






    (i)


     


    

 


Page


 


	37.	Amendments and Waivers	140
	38.	Confidentiality	147
	39.	Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations	150
	40.	Counterparts	151
	41.	Contractual Recognition of Bail-In	151
	42.	Governing Law	152
	43.	Enforcement	152
	44.	Acknowledgement regarding any supported QFCs	153 



 


	Schedule 1	The Original Parties	155
	Part 1	The Original Guarantors	155
	Part 2	The Original Lenders	155
	 	 	 
	Schedule 2	Conditions Precedent	156
	Part 1	Conditions Precedent to Utilisation	156
	Part 2	Conditions Precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Guarantor	160
	 	 	 
	Schedule 3	Utilisation Request	162
	 	 	 
	Schedule 4	Form of Transfer Certificate	164
	 	 	 
	Schedule 5	Form of Assignment Agreement	166
	 	 	 
	Schedule 6	Form of Compliance Certificate	168
	 	 	 
	Schedule 7	Timetables	179
	 	 	 
	Schedule 8	Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice	170
	Part 1	Form of Notice on entering into Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction	170
	Part 2	Form of Notice on termination of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction/Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction ceasing to be with Sponsor Affiliate	171
	 	 	 
	Schedule 9	Prohibited Activities	172
	 	 	 
	Schedule 10	Form of Accession Deed	173
	 	 	 
	Schedule 11	Form of Additional Increase Confirmation	175
	 	 	 
	Schedule 12	Compounded Rate Terms	177
	 	 	 
	Schedule 13	Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate	180
	 	 	 
	Schedule 14	Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate	182



 






    (ii)


     


    

 


This
Facilities Agreement dated 3 September 2019, as amended and restated on the Effective Date by an amendment and restatement
agreement dated _______________ 2021.


 


Between:


 


		(1)	IHS Netherlands Holdco B.V.,
a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of
the Netherlands and registered with the Dutch Commercial Register (Handelsregister) under number 66017912 (“Holdco”);



 


		(2)	IHS (Nigeria) Limited,
a company incorporated in Nigeria, registration number 407609 (“IHS Nigeria”);



 


		(3)	IHS Towers NG Limited,
a company incorporated in Nigeria, registration number 448308 (“ITNG”);



 


		(4)	INT Towers Limited,
a company incorporated in the Nigeria, registration number 1222736 (“INT Towers” and, together with IHS Nigeria and
ITNG, the “Borrowers”);



 


		(5)	The entities listed
in Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original guarantors (together with Holdco, the “Original Guarantors”)



 


		(6)	Absa Bank Limited (acting
through its Corporate and Investment Banking division), Citibank, N.A., London Branch, FirstRand Bank Limited (London Branch), acting
through its Rand Merchant Bank division, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, J.P. Morgan Securities plc and Standard Chartered Bank as
mandated lead arrangers and bookrunners (the “Arrangers”);



 


		(7)	The Financial Institutions
listed in Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as lenders (the “Original Lenders”); and



 


		(8)	Ecobank Nigeria Limited
as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”).



 


It
is agreed as follows:


 


Section 1

Interpretation


 


		1.	Definitions and Interpretation



 


		1.1	Definitions



 


In this Agreement:


 


“Accession Deed”
means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 (Form of Accession Deed).


 


“Acceptable Bank”
means:


 


		(a)	a bank or financial institution which has a long term unsecured credit rating of at least BBB by Standard &
Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or at least Baa2 by Moody’s Investors Service Limited or a comparable rating from
an internationally recognised credit rating agency;



 


		(b)	the Lenders; or



 


		(c)	any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent.



 






    (1)


     


    

 


“Accounting Principles”
means IFRS.


 


“Accounting Reference Date”
means 31 December or such other date agreed in accordance with this Agreement.


 


“Additional Business Day”
means any day specified as such in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.


 


“Additional Guarantor”
means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 27 (Assignment and Transfers by Obligors).


 


“Additional Increase Confirmation”
means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 11 (Form of Additional Increase Confirmation).


 


“Additional Increase Lender”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Additional Increase).


 


“Affiliate” means,
in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.


 


“Agent’s Spot Rate of
Exchange” means:


 


		(a)	the Agent’s spot rate of exchange; or



 


		(b)	(if the Agent does not have an available spot rate of exchange) any other publicly available spot rate
of exchange selected by the Agent (acting reasonably),



 


for the purchase of the relevant currency
with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11.00 a.m. on a particular day.


 


“Amendment and Restatement
Agreement” means the amendment and restatement agreement dated on or about _______________ 2021 between the Borrowers, IHS
Holding and the Agent, relating to this Agreement.


 


“Annual Financial Statements”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 21.1 (Financial Statements).


 


“Anti-Corruption Laws”
means all laws, rules and regulations from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including but not limited
to the UK Bribery Act 2010, the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and all other anti-bribery and corruption laws, in each
case applicable to any member of the Group.


 


"Article 55 BRRD"
means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment
firms.


 


“Assignment Agreement”
means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed
between the relevant assignor and assignee.


 


“Audit Laws” means
the EU Regulation (537/2014) on specific requirements regarding statutory audit of public-interest entities and repealing Commission Decision
2005/909/EC and the EU Directive (2014/56/EU) amending Directive 2006/43/EC on statutory audits of annual accounts and consolidated accounts
and any law or regulation which implements that EU Directive (2014/56/EU).


 


“Auditors” means
any firm appointed by Holdco to act as its statutory auditors.


 






    (2)


     


    

 


“Authorisation” means
an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.


 


“Authorised Dealer”
means any bank or financial institution licenced under the Foreign Exchange (Monitoring and Miscellaneous provisions) Act Cap F34 Laws
of the Federation of Nigeria 2004, and such other specialised bank or financial institution issued with a licence to deal in foreign exchange.


 


“Availability
Period” means the period from, and including, the Signing Date to, and including, the date falling three Months from the Signing
Date.


 


“Available Commitment”
means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus:


 


		(a)	the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under that Facility; and



 


		(b)	in relation to any proposed Loan, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any other Loans that
are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.



 


“Available Facility”
means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.


 


“Backstop Rate Switch Date”
means 30 June 2023 or any other date agreed as such between the Agent, the Majority USD Lenders and Holdco.


 


“Bail-In Action”
means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers.


 


“Bail-In Legislation”
means:


 


		(a)	in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55
BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time;



 


		(b)	in relation to the United Kingdom, the UK Bail-In Legislation; and



 


		(c)	in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country and the United Kingdom, any analogous law
or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or
regulation.



 


“Base Currency” means
USD.


 


“Base Currency Amount”
means:


 


		(a)	in relation to an undrawn Commitment, the Base Currency amount of that Commitment and in relation to a
Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request for that Loan as adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment or consolidation
of a Loan; and



 


		(b)	for any other purpose:



 


		(i)	in relation to an amount in the Base Currency, that amount; or



 


		(ii)	in relation to an amount not in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the
Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the relevant calculation or event,



 


provided that, for the avoidance of
doubt, any reference to an amount being an “equivalent” to an amount in the Base Currency shall imply a conversion at a rate
and on the basis contemplated by this definition “Base Currency Amount”.


 






    (3)


     


    

 


“Blocking Law” means:


 


		(a)	any provision of Council Regulation (EC) No 2271/1996 of 22 November 1996 or the EU Blocking Regulation
and Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/1101 and/or any applicable national law or regulation relating to or implementing such
Regulation in any member state of the European Union or the United Kingdom;



 


		(b)	section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung); or



 


any similar blocking or anti-boycott
law or regulation issued by a Sanctions Authority.


 


“Bonds” means the
initial issuance of the senior notes to be issued by Holdco pursuant to the terms of the Senior Notes Indenture together with any additional
notes issued from time to time under the Senior Notes Indenture.


 


“Break Costs” means


 


		(a)	in respect of a Term Rate Loan, the amount (if any) by which:



 


		(i)	the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of
receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that
Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;



 


exceeds,


 


		(ii)	the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount
or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Market for a period starting on the Business Day following
receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period; or



 


		(b)	in respect of a Compounded Rate Loan, any amount specified as such in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.



 


“Budget” means:


 


		(a)	in relation to the period immediately after the Accounting Reference Date in December 2019 and ending
on 31 December 2021, any budget delivered by Holdco or IHS Holding to the Agent in respect of that period, in relation to the Group,
pursuant to Clause 21.4 (Budget); and



 


		(b)	in relation to any other period, any budget delivered by IHS Holding to the Agent in respect of that period,
in relation to the Nigerian incorporated Subsidiaries of IHS Holding only (on a combined basis), pursuant to Clause 21.4 (Budget).



 


“Business Day” means
a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday or a public holiday) on which banks are open for general business in Lagos, London, (prior to a
Permitted Re-domiciliation) Mauritius or (after a Permitted Re-domiciliation) the Cayman Islands and;


 


		(a)	(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of USD) New York; and



 






    (4)


     


    

 


		(b)	(in relation to:



 


		(i)	any date for payment or purchase of an amount relating to a Compounded Rate Loan; or



 


		(ii)	the determination of the first day or the last day of an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan, or
otherwise in relation to the determination of the length of such an Interest Period),



 


which is an Additional Business Day relating
to that Loan or Unpaid Sum.


 


“Capital Expenditure”
means, in respect of Holdco and in respect of any period, any expenditure which should be treated as capital expenditure in the financial
statements of the person incurring such expenditure in accordance with applicable Accounting Principles but excluding any non-cash expenditure.
For the avoidance of doubt, expenditure for acquisitions of businesses or expenditure arising from operating leases shall not constitute
Capital Expenditure for the purposes of this definition.


 


“Capital Lease Obligation”
means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the
basis of IFRS. The amount of Financial Indebtedness will be, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of such obligation
required to be capitalized on a balance sheet (excluding any notes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS (excluding, for the avoidance
of doubt, any lease that would not constitute a Capital Lease Obligation prior to the adoption of IFRS 16 (Leases)), and the stated
maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease
may be terminated without penalty.


 


“Cash” means, at
any time, any cash-in-hand and any credit balance on any deposit, savings, current or other account to which, in each case, IHS Holding
or a Subsidiary of IHS Holding (and only IHS Holding, that Subsidiary or other Subsidiaries of IHS Holding) is beneficially entitled and
for so long as that cash is:


 


		(a)	except for a maximum aggregate amount for IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries of USD20,000,000 (twenty million
dollars) or its equivalent, held with an Acceptable Bank;



 


		(b)	available to be freely withdrawn within 90 days;



 


		(c)	not subject to any Security, other than:



 


		(i)	the Security created under the “Security Documents” (as defined in the IHS Holding Facility);



 


		(ii)	charges arising solely by operation of law;



 


		(iii)	rights of set-off or netting or charges or pledge rights arising by operation of law or by contract by
virtue of the provision to IHS Holding or that Subsidiary of IHS Holding (as applicable) of clearing bank or similar facilities or overdraft
facilities and arising under the standard commercial terms and conditions of such bank;



 


		(iv)	encumbrances over credit balances on bank accounts to facilitate operation of such bank accounts on a
cash-pooled net balance basis and arising under that account bank’s standard terms in the ordinary course of trading or business
activities of IHS Holding or that Subsidiary of IHS Holding (as applicable); or



 






    (5)


     


    

 


		(v)	Security in respect of Financial Indebtedness to the extent such Financial Indebtedness is included for
the purposes of calculating Net Cash Finance Interest Adjusted For Leases or Net Financial Indebtedness; and



 


		(d)	capable of being applied or made available for application in repayment or prepayment of the Facility
or any other Financial Indebtedness included within the calculation of Net Cash Finance Interest Adjusted For Leases or Net Financial
Indebtedness, within the next 180 days,



 


and, for the avoidance of doubt, not
including any cash affected by any process referred to in Clause 24.8 (Creditors’ process).


 


“Cash Equivalent Investments”
means at any time:


 


		(a)	certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by
an Acceptable Bank;



 


		(b)	any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of any country in
which IHS Holding or any of its Subsidiaries is located or by any government of any other country which has a rating for its short-term
unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or F1 or higher
by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited or by an instrumentality or agency of any such government
having an equivalent credit rating, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable
to any other security;



 


		(c)	commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:



 


		(i)	for which a recognised trading market exists;



 


		(ii)	issued by an issuer incorporated in a country, the government of which has a rating for its short-term
unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or P-1 or higher
by Moody’s Investors Service Limited or by an instrumentality or agency of any such government having an equivalent credit rating;



 


		(iii)	which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and



 


		(iv)	which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services
or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect
of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its short-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an
equivalent rating;



 


		(d)	bills of exchange issued in Nigeria, Mauritius, (after a Permitted Redomiciliation) the Cayman Islands,
the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or
any country in which any IHS Holding or any of its Subsidiaries is located eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted
by an Acceptable Bank (or their dematerialised equivalent);



 


		(e)	any investment in money market funds which:



 


		(i)	have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or F1
or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited;



 






    (6)


     


    

 


		(ii)	invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to
(d) above; and



 


		(iii)	can be turned into cash on not more than 90 days’ notice; or



 


		(f)	any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders,



 


in each case denominated in the Base
Currency, NGN and any other freely available and freely convertible currencies, and to which IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries are beneficially
entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by IHS Holding or any of its Subsidiaries or subject to any Security other
than:


 


		(i)	charges arising solely by operation of law in the ordinary course of trading or business of IHS Holding
or any of its Subsidiaries; or



 


		(ii)	Security in respect of Financial Indebtedness to the extent such Financial Indebtedness is included for
the purposes of calculating Net Financial Indebtedness.



 


“Central Bank Rate”
has the meaning given to that term in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.


 


“Central Bank Rate Adjustment”
has the meaning given to that term in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.


 


“Certificate of Capital Importation”
means the electronic certificate evidencing importation of foreign capital or a foreign loan into Nigeria and which the Foreign Exchange
(Monitoring and Miscellaneous provisions) Act Cap F34 Laws of the Federation of Nigeria 2004 requires an Authorised Dealer to issue in
favour of an investor investing foreign currency or capital in an entity in the Country or making a foreign currency loan, and where such
foreign currency, equity or loan is converted into Naira upon receipt in Nigeria;


 


“Change of Control”
means:


 


		(a)	in respect of any Original Obligor other than Holdco, Nigeria Tower Interco B.V. or INT Towers, if Holdco
ceases directly or indirectly to:



 


		(i)	have the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:



 


		(A)	cast, or control the casting of, 75% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting
of that Obligor;



 


		(B)	appoint or remove the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that Obligor; or



 


		(C)	give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that Obligor with which the directors
or other equivalent officers of the Obligor are obliged to comply; or



 


		(ii)	own legally and beneficially 75% of the issued share capital of that Obligor (excluding any part of that
issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital);



 


		(b)	after the first Utilisation Date, in respect of any of Nigeria Tower Interco B.V. and INT Towers, if Holdco
ceases directly or indirectly to:



 






    (7)


     


    

 


		(i)	have the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:



 


		(A)	cast, or control the casting of, 75% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting
of that Obligor;



 


		(B)	appoint or remove the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that Obligor; or



 


		(C)	give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that Obligor with which the directors
or other equivalent officers of the Obligor are obliged to comply; or



 


		(ii)	own legally and beneficially 75% of the issued share capital of that Obligor (excluding any part of that
issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital);



 


		(c)	in respect of any Additional Guarantor, if Holdco ceases directly or indirectly to:



 


		(i)	have the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:



 


		(A)	cast, or control the casting of, 75% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting
of that Additional Guarantor;



 


		(B)	appoint or remove the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that Additional Guarantor;
or



 


		(C)	give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that Additional Guarantor with
which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Additional Guarantor are obliged to comply; or



 


		(ii)	own legally and beneficially 75% of the issued share capital of that Additional Guarantor (excluding any
part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or
capital);



 


		(d)	in respect of Holdco, if IHS Holding ceases directly or indirectly to:



 


		(i)	have the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:



 


		(A)	cast, or control the casting of, more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a
general meeting of Holdco;



 


		(B)	appoint or remove the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of Holdco; or



 


		(C)	give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of Holdco with which the directors
or other equivalent officers of Holdco are obliged to comply; or



 


		(ii)	own legally and beneficially more than 50% of the issued share capital of Holdco (excluding any part of
that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital);
or



 






    (8)


     


    

 


		(e)	in respect of IHS Holding, if any person or persons acting in concert (other than any Permitted Transferee),
after the date of this Agreement acquires “control” of IHS Holding, being:



 


		(i)	the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:



 


		(A)	cast, or control the casting of, more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a
general meeting of IHS Holding;



 


		(B)	appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of IHS Holding;
or



 


		(C)	give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of IHS Holding with which the directors
or other equivalent officers of IHS Holding are obliged to comply; or



 


		(ii)	legal or beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the issued share capital of IHS Holding (excluding any
part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or
capital),



 


provided that, in each case, a Change
of Control shall not occur:


 


		(f)	solely as a result of all of
the issued share capital of IHS Holding (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond
a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital) being transferred to a newly-incorporated holding company (“TopCo”)
provided that:



 


		(i)	as a result of such transfer no person other than TopCo acquires control (as defined above) of IHS Holding;



 


		(ii)	TopCo is not a Restricted Party;



 


		(iii)	prior to such transfer each Lender has received such documentation and evidence in respect of TopCo as
necessary to pass all know your customer and similar checks; and



 


		(iv)	at all times no person or persons acting in concert (other than any Permitted Transferee) shall acquire:



 


		(A)	the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:



 


		(1)	cast, or control the casting of, more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a
general meeting of TopCo;



 


		(2)	appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of TopCo; or



 


		(3)	give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of TopCo with which the directors
or other equivalent officers of TopCo are obliged to comply; or



 


		(B)	legally or beneficially more than 50% of the issued share capital of TopCo (excluding any part of that
issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital;



 






    (9)


     


    

 


		(g)	for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of the admission of any part of the share capital of IHS Holding
(or TopCo) to trading on any recognised stock or investment exchange or any other sale or issue of share capital of IHS Holding (or TopCo)
by way of flotation or public offering provided that, at all times there are no circumstances described in paragraphs (a) to (e) above
and all conditions set out in paragraph (f) above are complied with; or



 


		(h)	as a result of any re-domiciliation of TopCo for internal structuring purposes provided that, at all times,
all of the conditions set out in paragraph (f) above are complied with.



 


“acting
in concert” means acting together pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal).


 


“Closing Date” means
the date on which the Agent gives notice to Holdco under Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent).


 


“Code” means the
US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.


 


“Commitment” means
a Facility A Commitment or a Facility B Commitment.


 


“Compliance Certificate”
means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Compliance Certificate) and delivered by Holdco
to the Agent under Clause 21.2 (Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificate).


 


“Compounded Rate Interest Payment”
means the aggregate amount of interest that:


 


		(a)	is, or is scheduled to become, payable under any Finance Document; and



 


		(b)	relates to a Compounded Rate Loan.



 


“Compounded Rate Loan”
means any Loan or, if applicable, Unpaid Sum in dollars which is, or becomes, a “Compounded Rate Loan” pursuant to Clause
10A (Rate Switch).


 


“Compounded Rate Supplement”
means, in relation to dollars, a document which:


 


		(a)	is agreed in writing by Holdco and the Agent (acting on instructions of the Majority USD Lenders);



 


		(b)	specifies for dollars the relevant terms which are expressed in this Agreement to be determined by reference
to Compounded Rate Terms; and



 


		(c)	has been made available to Holdco and each Finance Party.



 


“Compounded Rate Terms”
means in relation to:


 


		(a)	dollars;



 


		(b)	a Loan or an Unpaid Sum in dollars;



 


		(c)	an Interest Period for such Loan or Unpaid Sum (or other period for the accrual of commission or fees
in dollars); or



 


		(d)	any term of this Agreement relating to the determination of a rate of interest in relation to such a Loan
or Unpaid Sum,



 


the terms set out for dollars in Schedule
12 (Compounded Rate Terms) or in any Compounded Rate Supplement.


 






    (10)


     


    

 



 


“Compounded Reference Rate”
means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during the Interest Period of a Compounded Rate Loan, the percentage rate per annum which is
the aggregate of:


 


		(a)	the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for that RFR Banking Day; and



 


		(b)	the applicable Credit Adjustment Spread.



 


“Compounding Methodology Supplement”
means, in relation to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate or the Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate, a document which:


 


		(a)	is agreed in writing by Holdco, the Agent (in its own capacity) and the Agent (acting on instructions
of the Majority USD Lenders);



 


		(b)	specifies a calculation methodology for that rate; and



 


		(c)	has been made available to Holdco and each Finance Party.



 


“Confidential Information”
means all information relating to the Group, IHS Holding, the Finance Documents, the Bond or the Facilities of which a Finance Party
becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation
to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facilities from either:


 


		(a)	IHS Holding;



 


		(b)	any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or



 


		(c)	another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from
a member of the Group or any of its advisers,



 


in whatever form, and includes information
given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived
or copied from such information but excludes:


 


		(i)	information that:



 


		(A)	is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance
Party of Clause 38 (Confidentiality);



 


		(B)	is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by IHS Holding, member of the Group
or any of its advisers; or



 


		(C)	is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraph
(a) or (c) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance
Party is aware, unconnected with the Group, and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in
breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; or



 


		(ii)	any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.



 






    (11)


     


    

 


“Confidentiality Undertaking”
means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA or in any other form agreed between any member of the
Group and the Agent, and in any case capable of being relied upon by Holdco.


 


“Credit Adjustment Spread”
means, in respect of any Compounded Rate Loan, any rate which is either:


 


		(a)	specified as such in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms; or



 


		(b)	determined by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of
the Agent) in accordance with the methodology specified in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.



 


“CRR”
means the Council Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential
requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012.


 


“Cumulative Compounded RFR
Rate” means, in relation to an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Agent
(or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Agent) in accordance with the methodology set out in
Schedule 14 (Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or in any relevant Compounding Methodology Supplement.


 


“Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded
RFR Rate” means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan, the percentage rate
per annum determined by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to determine that rate in place of the Agent) in accordance
with the methodology set out in Schedule 13 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or in any relevant Compounding Methodology
Supplement.


 


“Daily Rate” means
the rate specified as such in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.


 


“Debt
Purchase Transaction” means, in relation to a person, a transaction where such person:


 


		(a)	purchases by way of assignment or transfer;



 


		(b)	enters into any sub-participation in respect of; or



 


		(c)	enters into any other agreement or arrangement having an economic effect substantially similar to a sub-participation
in respect of,



 


any Commitment or amount outstanding
under this Agreement.


 


“Default” means an
Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 24 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a
grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing)
be an Event of Default.


 


“Defaulting Lender”
means any Lender:


 


		(a)	which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent or a Borrower
(which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance
with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ Participation);



 


		(b)	which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or



 






    (12)


     


    

 


		(c)	with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,



 


unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:


 


		(i)	its failure to pay is caused by:



 


		(A)	administrative or technical error; or



 


		(B)	a Disruption Event; and



 


		(ii)	payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or



 


		(iii)	the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.



 


“Disruption Event”
means either or both of:


 


		(a)	a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are,
in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions
contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties;
or



 


		(b)	the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature)
to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:



 


		(i)	from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or



 


		(ii)	from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,



 


and which (in either such case) is not
caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.


 


“Dutch Civil Code”
means the Dutch Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek).


 


“Dutch Obligor” means
an Obligor incorporated in The Netherlands.


 


“EEA Member Country”
means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.


 


“Effective Date”
has the meaning given to the term “Restatement Effective Date” in the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.


 


“Environment” means
humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms, including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:


 


		(a)	air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below
ground);



 


		(b)	water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land
and water in drains and sewers); and



 


		(c)	land (including, without limitation, land under water).



 


“Environmental Claim”
means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.


 






    (13)


     


    

 


“Environmental Law”
means, to the extent relevant, the Equator Principles and any applicable law or regulation which relates to:


 


		(a)	the pollution or protection of the Environment;



 


		(b)	the conditions of the workplace; or



 


		(c)	the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination
with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste.



 


“Equator Principles”
means principles, as amended from time to time, described in “The ‘Equator Principles’ — A financial industry
benchmark for determining, assessing and managing social and environmental risk in project financing” and available at: http://www.equator-principles.com/resources/equator_principles.pdf.


 


“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule”
means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.


 


“Event of Default”
means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 24 (Events of Default).


 


“Excluded
Subsidiaries” means Tower Infrastructure Company Limited and IHS Towers Netherlands Finco NG B.V.


 


“Facility” means
Facility A or Facility B.


 


“Facility A” means
the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (a) of Clause 2.1 (The Facilities).


 


“Facility A Commitment”
means:


 


		(a)	in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading
 “Facility A Commitment” in Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders) and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred
to it under this Agreement; and



 


		(b)	in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Facility A Commitment transferred
to it under this Agreement,



 


to the extent not cancelled, reduced
or transferred by it under this Agreement.


 


“Facility A Loan”
means a loan made or to be made under Facility A or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.


 


“Facility B” means
the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (b) of Clause 2.1 (The Facilities).


 


“Facility B Commitment”
means:


 


		(a)	in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading
 “Facility B Commitment” in Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders) and the amount of any other Facility B Commitment transferred
to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Increase); and



 


		(b)	in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Facility B Commitment transferred
to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Additional Increase), 



 


to the extent not cancelled, reduced
or transferred by it under this Agreement.


 






    (14)


     


    

 


“Facility B Loan”
means a loan made or to be made under Facility B or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.


 


“Facility Office”
means:


 


		(a)	in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before
the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices
through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or



 


		(b)	in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax
purposes.



 


“Facility Repayment Date”
means each date set out in paragraph (a) of Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Facility A Loans) and paragraph (a) of
Clause 6.2 (Repayment of Facility B Loans) respectively.


 


“Facility Repayment Instalment”
means each instalment set out in paragraph (a) of Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Facility A Loans) and paragraph (a) of
Clause 6.2 (Repayment of Facility B Loans) respectively.


 


“FATCA” means:


 


		(a)	sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;



 


		(b)	any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement
between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to
in paragraph (a) above; or



 


		(c)	any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above
with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.



 


“FATCA Application Date”
means:


 


		(a)	in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the
Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or



 


		(b)	in relation to a “pass thru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code
not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding
required by FATCA



 


“FATCA Deduction”
means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.


 


“FATCA Exempt Party”
means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.


 


“Fee Letter” means:


 


		(a)	any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between any of (i) the Arrangers
and Holdco, or (ii) the Agent and Holdco, setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 13 (Fees); and



 






    (15)


     


    

 


		(b)	any agreement setting out fees payable to a Finance Party referred to in Clause 13.4 (Facility
Agent Fees) of this Agreement or under any other Finance Document.



 


“Finance Document”
means this Agreement, the Amendment and Restatement Agreement, each Accession Deed, each Additional Increase Confirmation, the Syndication
Letter, the Subordination Agreement, any Compliance Certificate, any Fee Letter, any Utilisation Request, each Guarantee Confirmation,
any Compounded Rate Supplement, any Compounding Methodology Supplement and any other document designated as a “Finance Document”
by the Agent and Holdco.


 


“Finance Party” means
the Agent, each Arranger or a Lender.


 


“Financial Indebtedness”
means, with respect to any person (without double counting):


 


		(a)	any indebtedness of such person for borrowed money;



 


		(b)	the outstanding principal amount of any bonds, debentures, notes, loan stock, commercial paper, acceptance
credits, bills or promissory notes drawn, accepted, endorsed or issued by such person (but not Trade Instruments);



 


		(c)	any indebtedness of such person for the deferred purchase price of assets or services (except trade accounts
incurred and payable in the ordinary course of trading or business to trade creditors that are treated as current payable in the Financial
Statements within 365 days of the date they are incurred);



 


		(d)	non-contingent obligations of such person to reimburse any other person for amounts paid by that person
under a letter of credit or similar instrument (excluding any letter of credit or similar instrument issued for the account of such person
with respect to trade accounts incurred and payable in the ordinary course of trading or business to trade creditors that are treated
as current payable in the Financial Statements within 365 days of the date they are incurred);



 


		(e)	the amount of any obligation of such person in respect of any Lease;



 


		(f)	any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation
in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual
amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) will be taken into account);



 


		(g)	amounts raised by such person under any other transaction having the financial effect of a borrowing and
which would be classified as a borrowing under the Accounting Principles;



 


		(h)	all indebtedness of the types described in the foregoing items secured by a lien on any property or assets
owned by such person, whether or not such indebtedness has been assumed by such person;



 


		(i)	any repurchase obligation or liability of such person with respect to accounts or notes receivable sold
by such person, any liability of such person under any sale and leaseback transactions that do not create a liability on the balance sheet
of such person, any obligation under a “synthetic lease” or any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which
is the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheet of such
person; and



 






    (16)


     


    

 


		(j)	the amount of any obligation in respect of any guarantee or indemnity given by such person for any of
the foregoing items incurred by any other person, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the full drawn amount guaranteed in respect of
the IHS Holding Facility (notwithstanding any treatment under the Accounting Principles to the contrary),if and to the extent any of the preceding
items (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of the relevant
person, prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and provided that “Financial Indebtedness” shall not include
indebtedness owed solely to other Group members and shall not include:



 


		(i)	indebtedness arising under any Subordinated Shareholder Loan; and



 


		(ii)	indebtedness arising under loans made by a member of the Group to another member of the Group under paragraph
(d) of “Permitted Loan”.



 


“Financial Plan”
means the financial model in agreed form relating to Holdco and the Group and delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial
Conditions Precedent).


 


“Financial Quarter”
means the period commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.


 


“Financial Statements”
means Annual Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Statements.


 


“Financial Year”
means the annual accounting period of the Group ending on the Accounting Reference Date in each year.


 


“Funding Rate” means
any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 12.1 (Market Disruption).


 


“Funds Flow Statement”
means a funds flow statement in agreed form.


 


“Group” means Holdco
and its Subsidiaries (other than the Excluded Subsidiaries) from time to time.


 


“Group Structure Chart”
means the group structure chart provided to the Agent pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent).


 


“Guarantee Confirmation”
has the meaning given to it in the Amendment and Restatement Agreement.


 


“Guarantor” means
an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor.


 


“Holding Company”
means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.


 


“IBOR” means:


 


		(a)	in relation to any Loan denominated in Dollars, LIBOR; and



 


		(b)	in relation to any Loan denominated in Naira, NIBOR.



 


“IFRS” means international
accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.


 






    (17)


     


    

 


“IHS
Holding” means IHS Holding Limited, a private company incorporated under the laws of Mauritius, registration number 111344,
and having its registered office at 1st floor, Felix House, Dr. Joseph Rivière Street, Port Louis, Mauritius.


 


“IHS
Holding Distribution Amount” means the amount described in the Funds Flow Statement as the “IHS Holding Distribution
Amount”.


 


“IHS Holding Facility”
means the revolving credit facility agreement dated 30 March 2020 between, amongst others IHS Holding as borrower, Citibank, N.A.,
London Branch as global coordinator, Citibank Europe plc, UK Branch as facility agent, and the parties defined therein as original lenders,
as amended from time to time.


 


“IHS Nigeria Facility”
means the NGN facility agreement dated 24 September 2016 between, among others, IHS Nigeria as borrower, Ecobank Nigeria Limited
as agent and the original lenders named therein, as amended from time to time.


 


“Impaired Agent”
means the Agent at any time when:


 


		(a)	it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by
it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;



 


		(b)	it otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;



 


		(c)	(if it is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition
of “Defaulting Lender”; or



 


		(d)	an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to it,



 


unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:


 


		(i)	its failure to pay is caused by:



 


		(A)	administrative or technical error; or



 


		(B)	a Disruption Event; and



 


payment is made within three Business
Days of its due date; or


 


		(ii)	it is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.



 


“Information Memorandum”
means the document in the form approved by Holdco concerning the Group in relation to the Facilities and distributed by the Arrangers
on a confidential basis prior to the Syndication Date in connection with the syndication of the Facilities, as amended and updated from
time to time.


 


“Insolvency Event”
in relation to an entity means that the entity:


 


		(a)	is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);



 


		(b)	is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they
become due;



 


		(c)	makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;



 


		(d)	institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary
insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction
of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency
law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such
regulator, supervisor or similar official;



 






    (18)


     


    

 


		(e)	has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief
under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up
or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is
instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:



 


		(i)	results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of
an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or



 


		(ii)	is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution
or presentation thereof;



 


		(f)	has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to
a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);



 


		(g)	seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator,
receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it
is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity
described in paragraph (d) above);



 


		(h)	has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution,
attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured
party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;



 


		(i)	causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction,
has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or



 


		(j)	takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any
of the foregoing acts.



 


“Intellectual Property”
means:


 


		(a)	any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design
rights, domain names, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, know-how and other intellectual property rights and interests
(which may now or in the future subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and



 


		(b)	the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group which may now
or in the future subsist.



 


“Interest Period”
means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 11 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an
Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 10.4 (Default Interest).


 






    (19)


     


    

 


“Interpolated Screen Rate”
means, in relation to LIBOR for any Facility A Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen
Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:


 


		(a)	the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less
than the Interest Period of that Facility A Loan; and



 


		(b)	the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds
the Interest Period of that Facility A Loan,



 


each as of the Specified Time for the
currency of that Facility A Loan.


 


“INT Towers Facility”
means the facilities agreement dated 5 December 2014, as amended from time to time, between, amongst others, INT Towers as borrower,
Ecobank Nigeria Limited as agent, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, Ecobank Nigeria Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited, acting through its Rand
Merchant Bank division, The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking Division, Stanbic
IBTC Bank PLC, Standard Chartered Bank and United Bank for Africa plc as mandated lead arrangers and the parties named therein as original
lenders.


 


“INT Transfer” means
the acquisition by Holdco of 100 per cent. (100%) of the issued shares in Nigeria Tower Interco B.V. from IHS Netherlands (Interco) Coöperatief
U.A., by way of share for share transfer and resulting in Nigeria Tower Interco B.V. becoming a direct wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdco
and INT Towers becoming an indirectly wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdco.


 


“INT Transfer Deed”
means a Dutch law notarial share transfer deed relating to the INT Transfer.


 


“IPO Market Capitalisation”
means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests of the
relevant issuer of the Qualifying IPO at the time of closing of the Qualifying IPO multiplied by (ii) the price per share at which
such shares of common stock or common equity interests are sold in such Qualifying IPO.


 


“Joint Venture” means
any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other
entity.


 


“Land Lease” means
any Lease relating to the lease of land.


 


“Lease” means any
lease which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as lease liability.


 


“Legal Opinion” means
any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent).


 


“Legal Reservations”
means:


 


		(a)	the principle that certain remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court, the limitation
of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other
laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;



 


		(b)	the time barring of claims under applicable limitation laws (including the Limitation Acts) and defences
of acquiescence, set-off or counterclaim and the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or to indemnify a person against
non-payment of stamp duty may be void;



 



    (20)


     


    





 


		(c)	the principle that additional interest imposed pursuant to any relevant agreement may be held to be unenforceable
on the grounds that it is a penalty and thus void;



 


		(d)	similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction; and



 


		(e)	any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations (however described) as to matters
of law in the Legal Opinions.



 


“Lender” means:


 


		(a)	any Original Lender; and



 


		(b)	any bank, financial institution or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with
Clause 2.2 (Additional Increase) or Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders),



 


which, in each case, has not ceased
to be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


 


“Leverage Ratio”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 22.1 (Financial Definitions).


 


“LIBOR” means, in
relation to any Facility A Loan:


 


		(a)	the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Facility A Loan and for a
period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Facility A Loan; or



 


		(b)	(if no Screen Rate is available for the currency or Interest Period of that Facility A Loan) the Interpolated
Screen Rate for that Facility A Loan; or



 


		(c)	if:



 


		(i)	no Screen Rate is available for the currency or Interest Period of that Facility A Loan; and



 


		(ii)	it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Facility A Loan,



 


the Reference Bank Rate,


 


as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and
(c), the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Facility A Loan and a period equal in length to the Interest Period
of that Facility A Loan and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.


 


“Limitation Acts”
means the Limitation Act 1980, the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984 and the Limitation Law of each State of the Federation
of Nigeria.


 


“LMA” means the Loan
Market Association.


 


“Loan” means a Facility
A Loan or a Facility B Loan.


 


“Lookback Period”
means the number of days specified as such in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.


 






    (21)


     


    

 


“Majority Lenders”
means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if
the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3 per cent. of the Total Commitments immediately
prior to that reduction).


  


“Majority NGN Lenders”
means NGN Lenders whose Facility B Commitments aggregate more than 662/3 per cent. of the Total Facility B Commitments
(or, if the Total Facility B Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3 per cent. of the
Total Facility B Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).


 


“Majority USD Lenders”
means USD Lenders whose Facility A Commitments aggregate more than 662/3 per cent. of the Total Facility A Commitments
(or, if the Total Facility A Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 662/3 per cent. of the
Total Facility A Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).


 


“Margin” means:


 


		(a)	in relation to any Facility A Loan, 4.25 per cent. per annum; and



 


		(b)	in relation to any Facility B Loan, 2.50 per cent. per annum,



 


but if:


 


		(i)	no Material Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;



 


		(ii)	on the date on which the relevant Compliance Certificate outlining the Leverage Ratio for the purposes
of paragraph (iii) below is delivered to the Agent, a period of at least 12 Months has expired since the Closing Date;
and



 


		(iii)	the Leverage Ratio in respect of the most recently completed Relevant Period is within a range set out
below,



 


then the Margin for each Loan under Facility
A will be the percentage per annum set out below in the column opposite that range:


 


	Leverage Ratio	 	Margin for Facility A

 Loans (% p.a.)	 
	Equal to or greater than 3.50:1	 	 	4.50	 
	Equal to or greater than 3.00:1 but less than 3.50:1	 	 	4.25	 
	Equal to or greater than 2.50:1 but less than 3.00:1	 	 	4.00	 
	Equal to or greater than 2.00:1 but less than 2.50:1	 	 	3.75	 
	Less than 2.00:1	 	 	3.50	 





 


However:


 


		(A)	any increase or decrease in the Margin for a Loan shall take effect on the date (the “reset date”)
which is five Business Days after receipt by the Agent of the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period pursuant to Clause 21.2
(Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificate);



 


		(B)	while a Material Event of Default is continuing, the Margin for each Loan under Facility A shall be the
highest percentage per annum set out above for a Loan under that Facility (being 4.50 per cent. per annum). Once that Material Event of
Default has been remedied or waived, the Margin for each Loan will be re-calculated on the basis of the most recently delivered Compliance
Certificate and the terms of this definition “Margin” shall apply (on the assumption that on the date of the most recently
delivered Compliance Certificate, no Material Event of Default had occurred or was continuing) with any reduction in Margin resulting
from such recalculation taking effect from the date of such remedy or waiver;



 



    (22)


     


    

 


		(C)	there shall be no restriction on the number of steps down in the level of Margin that may occur as a result
of the provisions in this definition “Margin”; and



 


		(D)	for the purpose of determining the Margin, the Leverage Ratio and Relevant Period shall be determined
in accordance with Clause 22.1 (Financial Definitions).



 


“Market Capitalisation”
means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock or common equity interests of a relevant
issuer of an “Equity Offering” (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture) on the date of the declaration of the relevant dividend
multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common stock or common equity interests for the 30
consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such dividend.


 


“Market Disruption Rate”
means the rate (if any) specified as such in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.


 


“Market Issuance”
means any public or private bond or other international capital markets issue raised by any member of the Group, the initial issuance
of the Bonds and any increase or second issuance of the Bonds after the date of this Agreement, within six Months from settlement of the
Bonds.


 


“Material Adverse Effect”
means an event or series of events which, taking into account all of the circumstances, has a material adverse effect on:


 


		(a)	the business, operations, assets or financial condition of IHS Holding and the Group (taken as a whole);



 


		(b)	the ability of the Obligors taken as a whole to perform their payment obligations under the Finance Documents
or the ability of IHS Holding to comply with its obligations under Clause 22.2 (Financial Condition) (and, for the purposes of
determining the ability of IHS Holding to comply with its obligations under Clause 22.2 (Financial Condition) taking into account
any contractual commitment of any Affiliate of IHS Holding or Holdco (other than a member of the Group) to provide an Additional Investment
under Clause 22.4 (Equity Cure)); or



 


		(c)	subject to the Legal Reservations, the validity or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents or the
rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any Finance Document.



 


“Material Contract”
means any written contract or contracts or other agreement or agreements of the Group members, in each case, with a mobile network operator,
representing in aggregate an amount in excess of 30% of the Group’s revenue (on a consolidated basis) over the previous 12 Months
(from and including the date of such determination).


 


“Material Event of Default”
means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clauses 24.1 (Non-Payment), 24.3 (Other Obligations) (as a result
of a failure to comply with Clause 21.1 (Financial Statements), Clause 21.2 (Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificate),
Clause 21.3 (Requirements as to Financial Statements)), 24.2 (Financial Covenants), 24.5 (Cross-Default) to 24.8
(Creditors’ Process).


 






    (23)


     


    

 


“Material License Agreement”
means the Infrastructure Sharing and Co-Location Services License, issued to INT Towers by the Nigerian Communications Commission as may
be amended, supplemented or renewed from time to time.


 


“Money Laundering Laws”
means money laundering laws, rules and regulations from time to time, in each case applicable to the Group.


 


“Month” means a period
starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:


 


		(a)	(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that
period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on
the immediately preceding Business Day;



 


		(b)	if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that
period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month;



 


		(c)	if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall
end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end; and



 


		(d)	in relation to an Interest Period for the Compounded Rate Loan (or any other period for the accrual of
commission or fees) for which there are rules specified as ‘Business day Conventions’ in the Compounded Rate Terms, those
rules will apply.



 


The above rules will only apply
to the last Month of any period. “Monthly” shall be construed accordingly.


 


“NAFEX” means the
Nigerian Autonomous Foreign Exchange Rate Fixing mechanism commonly referred to as the “Investors’ and Exporters’ FX
Window”.


 


“Net Cash Proceeds”
means the cash proceeds received by any member of the Group, in each case, consequent upon a Disposal or from an insurance claim, after
deducting:


 


		(a)	all Taxes incurred and required to be paid or reserved (as reasonably determined by Holdco on the basis
of existing rates) by the seller or claimant in relation to the Disposal or insurance claim;



 


		(b)	all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, reasonable legal fees,
agent’s commission, auditors’ fees, out-of-pocket reorganisation costs (including redundancy, closure, relocation and other
restructuring costs) both preparatory to, and in consequence of, the relevant Disposal or insurance claim (as evidenced in reasonable
detail to the Agent on request)); and



 


		(c)	any third-party debt secured on the assets disposed of which is to be repaid or prepaid out of those proceeds)
in each case in connection with the relevant Disposal.



 


“Net Issuance Proceeds”
means an amount equal to the proceeds of any Market Issuance(s) from time to time in excess of USD 800,000,000 (in aggregate for
all Market Issuances) (the “Gross Issuance Proceeds”), after deducting:


 


		(a)	all Taxes incurred and required to be paid (as reasonably determined by Holdco on the basis of existing
rates) by Holdco; and



 






    (24)


     


    

 


		(b)	all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, reasonable legal fees,
agent’s commission and auditors’ fees) both preparatory to, and in consequence of, the Market Issuance(s) (as evidenced
in reasonable detail to the Agent on request)),



 


provided that, the maximum amount of
Net Issuance Proceeds shall be USD200,000,000 and the amounts referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall be in each case
reduced pro rata by reference to the ratio of (x) the Gross Issuance Proceeds to (y) the total gross proceeds of the Market
Issuance(s).


 


“New IHS Shareholder Loan”
means each shareholder loan made to IHS Holding by any of IHS Holding’s direct or indirect shareholders or any of their Affiliates
after the Closing Date.


 


“New Lender” has
the meaning given to that term in Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders).


 


“New Shareholder Injections”
means the net cash proceeds received by IHS Holding after the Closing Date from any of IHS Holding’s direct or indirect shareholders
from any subscription by that shareholder in cash for shares of IHS Holding or capital contribution to IHS Holding that does not result
in the occurrence of a Change of Control.


 


“New Shareholder Loan”
means each shareholder loan made by IHS Holding or an Affiliate of IHS Holding (other than Holdco or Group member) to an Obligor after
the Closing Date which is subordinated pursuant to the Subordination Agreement or otherwise on comparable subordinated terms acceptable
to the Majority Lenders.


 


“NGN Equivalent”
means, for an amount expressed in the Base Currency, the equivalent of that amount in Naira, calculated two Business Days’ prior
to the first Utilisation Date at the rate of exchange of the average spot rate of the Naira to USD over the previous 30 days using
the average spot rate of NAFEX over the previous 30 days (or if NAFEX is not available, such commercially reasonable rate of exchange
as agreed by the Majority NGN Lenders and Holdco.


 


“NGN Lender” means,
at any time, each Lender (or Affiliate of a Lender) which has a Facility B Commitment.


 


“NIBOR” means the
interest rates determined by the Nigeria Inter-Bank Offered Rate Committee for the relevant period as published on the FMDQ OTC website
(www.fmdqotc.com) (or any replacement website which displays that rate) or provided by FMDQ OTC PLC at their office at 1 Olosa Street,
Victoria Island, Lagos, or in each case, on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from
time to time in place of FMDQ OTC PLC, save that the interest rate for any Interest Period of one Month or three Months shall be the average
of the applicable NIBOR over the 90 Business Days prior to and including the Quotation Day and, in each case, if that rate is less than
zero, NIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.


 


“Nigeria” means the
Federal Republic of Nigeria.


 


“Non-Consenting Lender”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 37.4 (Replacement of Lender).


 


“Notifiable
Debt Purchase Transaction” has the meaning given to that term in paragraph (b) of Clause 26.2 (Disenfranchisement
on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Affiliates).


 


“Obligor” means a
Borrower or a Guarantor.


 


“Obligors’ Agent”
means Holdco, appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to Clause 2.4 (Obligors’
Agent).


 






    (25)


     


    

 


“Original Obligor”
means Holdco, each Borrower and each Original Guarantor (other than IHS Holding).


 


“Participating Member State”
means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union
relating to Economic and Monetary Union.


 


“Party” means a party
to this Agreement.


 


“Performance
Standards” means the International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards on Social & Environmental
Sustainability, dated 1 January 2012, copies of which have been delivered to and receipt of which has been acknowledged by Holdco.


 


“Permitted Acquisition”
means:


 


		(a)	any acquisition pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation or Permitted Transaction;



 


		(b)	any acquisition to which the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall have given
prior written consent; and



 


		(c)	the acquisition or holding of a company, of shares, securities or business or undertaking (or, in each
case, any interest in any of them) or the incorporation of a company, provided that:



 


		(i)	no Default is continuing on the closing date for the acquisition or incorporation or is reasonably likely
to occur as a result of the acquisition or incorporation;



 


		(ii)	the relevant company,
shares, securities, business or undertaking is not subject to Sanctions at the time of the acquisition;



 


		(iii)	subject to Clause 27.2 (Additional Guarantors), if, upon the acquisition or incorporation of the
relevant company it would become a member of the Group, the relevant company becomes a Guarantor as required under Clause 23.29 (Guarantors);
and



 


		(iv)	if, upon the acquisition or
incorporation of the relevant company, the relevant company would become a member of the Group, Holdco has delivered to the Agent, not
less than ten days (but not more than 60 days) prior to the completion of the proposed acquisition or incorporation, an updated Financial
Plan assuming completion of such acquisition or incorporation on that date (and including any Financial Indebtedness of such company which
will remain in place following completion of the acquisition and any Financial Indebtedness incurred or to be incurred in connection with
the acquisition), for the period until the Termination Date from the date of such acquisition or incorporation and the revised Financial
Plan shows that there will not be a breach or default in respect of any of the financial covenants set out in Clause 22.2 (Financial
Condition) at any time during that period.



 


“Permitted Closing Payment”
means the payment(s) up to an aggregate amount equal to the IHS Holding Distribution Amount to IHS Holding or IHS Netherlands (Interco)
Coöperatief U.A. on, or as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date (and, in any case, within six Months of the
Closing Date), in accordance with the Structuring Memorandum, provided that the aggregate amount of such payments shall leave USD50,000,000
of Cash in the Group as at Closing Date on a pro-forma basis after taking into account the full refinancing of the IHS Nigeria Facility
and the INT Towers Facility from the proceeds of the first Utilisation, the IHS Holding Distribution Amount, full repayment of amounts
outstanding under the existing senior notes due 2021 issued by IHS Netherlands Holdco BV (in each case, together with any accrued interest,
coupon prepayment fees and broken funding amounts) and the payment of Transaction Costs and costs in respect of the Bonds.


 






    (26)


     


    

 


“Permitted Disposal”
means any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal:


 


		(a)	of accounts receivable, inventory or other assets by IHS Holding or a member of the Group in the ordinary
course of its trading or business activities;



 


		(b)	by IHS Holding to a Subsidiary of IHS Holding, or between any members of the Group;



 


		(c)	of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value or quality;



 


		(d)	the decommissioning of any towers, including but not limited to in connection with tower consolidation
purposes;



 


		(e)	of obsolete or redundant vehicles, plant and equipment;



 


		(f)	of Cash (to be extent permitted under the Finance Documents);



 


		(g)	of Cash Equivalent Investments for the equivalent amount of Cash or other Cash Equivalent Investments;



 


		(h)	arising as a result of any Permitted Security, Permitted Payment or a Permitted Transaction;



 


		(i)	of cash by way of a Permitted Loan;



 


		(j)	of assets or equity interests by IHS Holding or any member of the Group to any member of the Group;



 


		(k)	constituted by a licence of intellectual property rights;



 


		(l)	constituted by a licence or sub-licence by IHS Holding or any member of the Group in the ordinary course
of trading or business activity;



 


		(m)	constituted by a lease or licence of real property arising in the ordinary course of trading or the business
activities of the disposing entity;



 


		(n)	any share sale or issuance by IHS Holding or share issuance by any member of the Group or arising as a
result of any such share sale or issuance;



 


		(o)	the sale of towers, provided that such towers are replaced by towers with an aggregate fair market value
that is equal to or greater than the aggregate fair market value of the towers sold;



 


		(p)	of trade receivables earned during a previous accounting period on a non-recourse basis (which may include
recourse in respect of warranties and indemnities as to title and validity that are customarily provided in such non-recourse arrangements)
and provided that such transaction does not have the commercial effect of a borrowing;



 


		(q)	the disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in
the ordinary course of trading or business activities or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;



 






    (27)


     


    

 


		(r)	the foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets or a
surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;



  


		(s)	arising as a result of a seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action
by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority which in each case does not constitute an Event of Default;



 


		(t)	of treasury shares by IHS Holding or any member of the Group that are held following the exercise, in
each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, of any option to purchase corporate stock, shares or membership
interests granted to any future, present or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant of the IHS Holding or any of
its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee benefit plans or arrangements, including for the purpose of satisfying any taxes (including
estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of any such option; and



 


		(u)	arising under any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a fair
market value of less than the greater of USD20,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) and an amount equal to zero point eight
per cent. (0.8%) of Total Assets of IHS Holding.



 


“Permitted Financial Indebtedness”
means Financial Indebtedness:


 


		(a)	arising under the Finance Documents;



 


		(b)	arising under:



 


		(i)	the Bonds; and



 


		(ii)	any further Market Issuance, up to the aggregate Gross Issuance Proceeds (as that term is defined in the
definition of “Net Issuance Proceeds”) amount that is applied (subject to the adjustments for Taxes, fees, costs and expenses
as described in the definition of “Net Issuance Proceeds”) in prepayment of Facility A promptly following receipt of such
proceeds;



 


		(c)	up until the first Utilisation Date, under the IHS Nigeria Facility and the INT Towers Facility;



 


		(d)	under Capital Lease Obligations, provided that the aggregate capital value of all such items so leased
under outstanding leases by IHS Holding or any member of the Group does not exceed the greater of USD75,000,000 (or its equivalent in
other currencies) and an amount equal to three per cent. (3.0%) of Total Assets of IHS Holding for the most recently ended Relevant Period
for which Annual Financial Statements or Quarterly Financial Statements have been delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial
Statements) with a Compliance Certificate delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 21.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance
Certificate) at any time;



 


		(e)	under Land Leases entered into by IHS Holding or a member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading
or business activities;



 


		(f)	under any Lease (excluding any Capital Lease Obligations) of IHS Holding or any member of the Group;



 


		(g)	under derivative transactions entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation
in currency rates or commodity prices that arise in the ordinary course of trading or business activities, but not transactions for investment
or speculative purposes;



 






    (28)


     


    

 


		(h)	arising under a Permitted Loan or a Permitted Guarantee or as permitted by Clause 23.16 (Treasury Transactions);



 


		(i)	of any person acquired by IHS Holding or any member of the Group after the date of this Agreement (which
is incurred under arrangements in existence at the date of acquisition, but not incurred or increased in contemplation of, or since, that
acquisition), provided that such acquisition is a Permitted Acquisition and IHS Holding has delivered to the Agent a Financial Plan referred
to under paragraph (c)(iv) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition”;



 


		(j)	arising under any letter of credit, banker’s acceptances, overdrafts or daylight borrowing facilities
entered into by IHS Holding or a member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading or business activities;



 


		(k)	arising under the IHS Holding Facility;



 


		(l)	arising under any refinancing of Permitted Financial Indebtedness;



 


		(m)	any joint and several liability in respect of Tax as a result of a fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid)
that consists of Dutch Obligors only; and



 


		(n)	of IHS Holding or a member of the Group which is not otherwise permitted by the preceding paragraphs,
provided that the Leverage Ratio and Interest Coverage Ratio, calculated by reference to the most recent Annual Financial Statements or
Quarterly Financial Statements delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 21.1 (Financial Statements) and the relevant Compliance
Certificate, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Financial Indebtedness in full and adjusted for the incurrence
of other indebtedness since the last Quarter Date and including any other relevant adjustments to take into account the activities of
the Group since the last Quarter Date, comply with the covenanted ratios for the immediately following Quarter Date set out in Clause 22.2
(Financial Condition).



 


“Permitted Guarantee”
means:


 


		(a)	the endorsement of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of trading or business activities of
IHS Holding or any member of the Group;



 


		(b)	any guarantee, performance or similar bond guaranteeing performance by IHS Holding or any member of the
Group under any contract entered into in the ordinary course of trading or business activities of IHS Holding or any member of the Group;



 


		(c)	any guarantee given by a member of the Group in respect of the IHS Holding Facility;



 


		(d)	any indemnity given in the ordinary course of the documentation of an acquisition or disposal transaction
which is a Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Disposal which indemnity is in a customary form and subject to customary limitations;



 


		(e)	any guarantee given in respect of any Permitted Financial Indebtedness;



 


		(f)	any guarantee given by IHS Holding or a member of the Group in respect of the Bonds;



 


		(g)	any liability arising as a result of a fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate tax purposes
consisting solely of Obligors;



 






    (29)


     


    

 


		(h)	any liability in respect of any member of the Group incorporated in The Netherlands arising under a declaration
of joint and several liability (hoofdelijke aansprakelijkheid) as referred to in Section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code;



 


		(i)	any guarantee given by IHS Holding in respect of any Priority Debt;



 


		(j)	any guarantee given by IHS Holding or a member of the Group in respect of any indebtedness the principal
amount of which (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness guaranteed by any member of the Group under this
paragraph, without double counting) does not at any time exceed the greater of USD75,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) and
3.0% of the Total Assets of IHS Holding, provided that the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness guaranteed by a member of the Group
under this paragraph shall not at any time (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness guaranteed by any other
member of the Group under this paragraph, without double counting) exceed USD75,000,000; and



 


		(k)	guarantees not otherwise permitted where the aggregate amount guaranteed (when aggregated with all other
such guarantees) does not exceed USD10,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) in total at any time.



 


“Permitted Joint Venture”
means any investments by IHS Holding or any member of the Group in any Joint Venture, but only if:


 


		(a)	no :



 


		(i)	Default is continuing; and



 


		(ii)	no Sanctions Event is continuing,



 


in each case, on the date IHS Holding
or Holdco (or, as applicable, member of the Group) enters into a legal commitment to make an investment in the Joint Venture, or is reasonably
likely to occur as a result of IHS Holding’s or Holdco’s (or, as applicable, member of the Group’s) investment into
that Joint Venture;


 


		(b)	no co-investor, partner or other investor in such Joint Venture is a Restricted Party;



 


		(c)	none of the assets owned by, or the subject of, the Joint Venture are located in a Sanctioned Country;
and



 


		(d)	none of the Joint Venture’s business operations is or will be carried out in any Sanctioned Country
and the Joint Venture is not incorporated or established in a Sanctioned Country,



 


and further provided that, solely in
relation to any investment by any member of the Group, in any Financial Year the aggregate of:


 


		(i)	all amounts subscribed for shares in, lent to, or invested in all such Joint Ventures by any member of
the Group;



 


		(ii)	the contingent liabilities of any member of the Group under any guarantee given in respect of the liabilities
of any such Joint Venture; and



 


		(iii)	the market value of any assets transferred by any member of the Group to any such Joint Venture,



 


does not exceed USD20,000,000 (or its
equivalent in other currencies).


 






    (30)


     


    

 



 


“Permitted Loan”
means:


 


		(a)	any trade credit extended by IHS Holding or any member of the Group to its customers on normal commercial
terms and in the ordinary course of its trading;



 


		(b)	IHS Holding’s or Group members’ Financial Indebtedness which is referred to in the definition
of, or otherwise constitutes, Permitted Financial Indebtedness (other than paragraph (h));



 


		(c)	a loan made by IHS Holding, or a member of the Group to an employee or director of IHS Holding or any
member of the Group, provided that the amount of that loan when aggregated with the amount of all loans to employees and directors by
IHS Holding and the members of the Group does not exceed USD6,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) at any time;



 


		(d)	a loan made by any member of the Group to any Subsidiary of IHS Holding (other than an Obligor), provided
that the amount of that loan when aggregated with the amount of all loans made by any member of the Group to Subsidiaries of IHS Holding
(other than to an Obligor) does not exceed USD50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) at any time;



 


		(e)	a loan made by an Obligor to another Obligor;



 


		(f)	a loan made by IHS Holding to any Subsidiary of IHS Holding;



 


		(g)	a loan made by IHS Holding or a member of the Group to any Affiliate of IHS Holding, provided that such
loan constitutes a Permitted Payment; and



 


		(h)	a loan made by IHS Holding to any party that is a co-investor with IHS Holding or any of its Subsidiaries
in a Joint Venture, for the purposes of funding that co-investor’s investment in the Joint Venture, provided that such Joint Venture
is consolidated for accounting purposes by IHS Holding on or promptly after the date of such investment.



 


“Permitted Payment”
means:


 


		(a)	a payment of scheduled interest and or principal payment under loans permitted under paragraph (e) of
 “Permitted Loan”;



 


		(b)	a payment by IHS Holding in connection with management and related holding company fees and expenses payable
to any of its Affiliates, provided that:



 


		(i)	no Default has occurred and is continuing at such time or would result from the making of the payment;
and



 


		(ii)	the Relevant Test set out in paragraph (l) below is satisfied in respect of such payment);



 


		(c)	a payment by any member of the Group in connection with management and related holding company fees and
expenses payable to:



 


		(i)	any other member of the Group; or



 


		(ii)	a Subsidiary of IHS Holding (other than a member of the Group), provided that the aggregate amount of
any such payment made by each member of the Group does not exceed USD10,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) in any Financial
Year,



 






    (31)


     


    

 


in each case, provided that:


  


		(A)	no Default has occurred and is continuing at such time or would result from the making of the payment;
and



 


		(B)	the Relevant Test set out in paragraph (l) below is satisfied in respect of such payment).



 


		(d)	the payment of a dividend by any member of the Group (other than Holdco):



 


		(e)	the Permitted Closing Payment;



 


		(f)	repurchases of management equity in an amount of up to USD6,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
in any Financial Year, provided that:



 


		(i)	no Default has occurred and is continuing at such time or would result from the making of the payment;
and



 


		(ii)	the Relevant Test set out in paragraph (l) below is satisfied in respect of such payment);



 


		(g)	the payment of a dividend or other distribution by Holdco to IHS Holding and/or a scheduled interest payment
under a Subordinated Shareholder Loan, in order to enable IHS Holding to meet its scheduled interest and principal expenses under the
IHS Holding Facility, provided that:



 


		(i)	the payment is made when no Event of Default is continuing (and where no Event of Default would occur
immediately after the making of the payment); and



 


		(ii)	the payment is not in breach of the Subordination Agreement; and



 


		(iii)	the Relevant Test set out in paragraph (l) below is satisfied in respect of such payment;



 


		(h)	upon and following a Qualifying IPO, the payment by a Subsidiary of IHS Holding, a Holding Company or
any member of the Group of any loans, advances, dividends or distributions solely from the proceeds of such Qualifying IPO, to the extent
such proceeds have been received by that Subsidiary of IHS Holding and provided that such payment is permitted under the Bonds;



 


		(i)	payments made or expected to be made by IHS Holding or a Subsidiary of IHS Holding pursuant to the exercise,
in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, of any option to purchase corporate stock, shares or membership
interests granted to any future, present or former employee, director, officer, contractor or consultant of IHS Holding or any Subsidiary
of IHS Holding pursuant to any employee benefit plans or arrangements, including for the purpose of satisfying any taxes (including estimated
taxes) due as a result of the exercise of any such option;



 


		(j)	the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar
distribution) by a Subsidiary of IHS Holding to the holders of its corporate stock, shares or membership interests then entitled to participate
in such dividends on a pro rata basis or otherwise in compliance with the terms of the instruments governing such corporate stock,
shares or membership interests, which is entered into in the ordinary course and on arm’s length terms;



 


		(k)	a declaration and payment by IHS Holding of, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Holding
Company to pay, dividends on the common stock or common equity interests of IHS Holding or any Holding Company following a Qualifying
IPO of such common stock or common equity interests, provided that:



 






    (32)


     


    

  


		(i)	no Default has occurred and is continuing at such time or would result from the making of the payment;
and



 


		(ii)	such amount does not exceed in any fiscal year:



 


		(A)	6.00% of the net cash proceeds received by IHS Holding from such Qualifying IPO or contributed to the
equity (other than through the issuance of “Disqualified Stock” or “Designated Preference Shares” (each as defined
in the Senior Notes Indenture) or through an “Excluded Contribution” or “Excluded Amounts” or an “RCF Debt
Contribution” (each as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture)) of IHS Holding; and



 


		(B)	following a Qualifying IPO an amount equal to the greater of either:



 


		(1)	6.00% of the Market Capitalisation; or



 


		(2)	6.00% of the IPO Market Capitalisation,



 


provided that, in the case of this clause
(B) after giving pro forma effect to such loans, advances, dividends or distributions, the Leverage Ratio shall be equal to or less
than 3.75 to 1.00; and


 


		(l)	a payment not otherwise permitted by the preceding paragraphs, by IHS Holding or a member of the Group,
provided that:



 


		(i)	no Default has occurred and is continuing at such time or would result from the making of the payment;
and



 


		(ii)	the Leverage Ratio and Interest Coverage Ratio, calculated at the time such payment is to be made (on
a pro forma basis after including in the calculations of such ratio the amount of the payment to be made) and by reference to the
most recent Annual Financial Statements or Quarterly Financial Statements delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 21.1 (Financial
Statements) with a Compliance Certificate, adjusted for the incurrence of any Financial Indebtedness and including any other relevant
adjustments to take into account the activities of the Group since the last Quarter Date, comply with the covenanted ratios for the immediately
following Quarter Date set out in Clause 22.2 (Financial Condition) (the “Relevant Test”),



 


and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Relevant
Test will also apply to any payment referred to in paragraphs (b), (c), (f) and (g) above.


 


“Permitted Re-domiciliation”
means the registration by way of continuation of IHS Holding from Mauritius to the Cayman Islands in accordance with the Companies Act
(as amended) of the Cayman Islands, provided that:


 


		(a)	on either:



 


		(i)	the date of the Amendment and Restatement Agreement; or



 


		(ii)	no earlier than 30 Business Days but no later than 15 Business Days prior to the proposed date for registration
by way of continuation of IHS Holding taking effect,



 






    (33)


     


    

 


IHS Holding notifies the Agent of the
proposed registration by way of continuation;


 


		(b)	either:



 


		(i)	on or around the date of the Amendment and Restatement Agreement; or



 


		(ii)	promptly following the registration by way of continuation of IHS Holding taking effect,



 


the Agent receives from Cayman legal advisers
their legal opinions in relation to matters of Cayman law, substantially in the form agreed with the Finance Parties prior to the date
of the Amendment and Restatement Agreement;


 


		(c)	there is no change to the legal identity or assets or liabilities of IHS Holding, prejudice or effect
on the identity or continuity or its properties as a result of such registration by way of continuation;



 


		(d)	no Default or mandatory prepayment event under Clause 8.2 (Sanctions) would occur as a result of
such registration by way of continuation; and



 


		(e)	the certificate of registration by way of continuation of IHS Holding and a certificate of good standing
of IHS Holding each issued by the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands, the memorandum and articles of association, register of
directors and officers, register of members and register of mortgages and charges of IHS Holding are delivered to the Agent promptly following
the registration by way of continuation of IHS Holding,



 


and, after such registration by way
of continuation has occurred in accordance with this definition, the jurisdiction of incorporation of IHS Holding shall be deemed to be
the Cayman Islands for the purposes of this Agreement.


 


“Permitted Reorganisation”
means:


 


		(a)	a reorganisation on a solvent basis involving the business or assets of, or shares of IHS Holding or any
member of the Group:



 


		(i)	where IHS Holding or a member of the Group (as applicable) remains the surviving entity and the jurisdiction
of incorporation of IHS Holding or such member of the Group remains the same (subject to a Permitted Re-domiciliation); and



 


		(ii)	if such reorganisation has the effect of disposal of any business, assets or shares, where such disposal
would be a Permitted Disposal; or



 


		(iii)	if such reorganisation has the effect of an acquisition of any business, assets or shares, where such
acquisition would be a Permitted Acquisition;



 


		(b)	any transaction contemplated under paragraphs (c), (d) or (f) of the definition of “Permitted
Transaction”;



 


		(c)	any Permitted Re-domiciliation;



 






    (34)


     


    

 


		(d)	a transfer of all of the issued share capital of IHS Holding to a newly incorporated holding company,
subject to the conditions in paragraph (f) of the definition of Change of Control;



 


		(e)	any merger or reorganisation of two or more members of the Group (other than IHS Holding) where either:



 


		(i)	one of such members of the Group is the surviving entity; or



 


		(ii)	the issued share capital of all such entities is transferred to another existing member of the Group or
a newly incorporated entity,



 


in each case, provided that:


 


		(A)	where a member of the Group is the surviving entity, the jurisdiction of incorporation of such member
of the Group remains the same;



 


		(B)	where a newly incorporated entity is the surviving entity, its jurisdiction of incorporation is the same
as that of any member of the Group undergoing such merger or reorganisation; and



 


		(C)	where any such member of the Group subject to such merger or reorganisation is an Obligor:



 


		(1)	the surviving entity is an Obligor; or



 


		(2)	if, as a result of the laws applicable in the jurisdiction of the entities subject to such merger or reorganisation,
it is not possible for the surviving entity to effectively accede to this Agreement as a Guarantor prior to the date of such merger or
reorganisation, IHS Holding shall provide written notice to the Agent on or around the date of completion of the relevant merger
or reorganisation of such merger or reorganisation occurring (the “Effective Reorganisation Date”) and procure that
the surviving entity shall accede to this Agreement promptly and in any event within no more than 10 Business Days of the Effective Reorganisation
Date; and



 


		(f)	subject to Clause 37.2 (Exceptions), any other reorganisation approved by the Majority Lenders
(for the avoidance of doubt, without prejudice to Clause 8.1 (Change of Control).



 


“Permitted Security”
means:


 


		(a)	any charge or lien (including any netting or set-off as a result of a fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid)
for Dutch tax purposes) arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading or business activities of IHS Holding or any
member of the Group and not as a result of any default or omission by IHS Holding or a member of the Group;



 


		(b)	any retention of title arrangements, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having
similar effect arising in the ordinary course of trading or business activities with suppliers of goods to IHS Holding or a Subsidiary
of IHS Holding on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by IHS Holding or
a Subsidiary of IHS Holding and which is discharged within a period of time customary for such arrangements;



 






    (35)


     


    

 


		(c)	any netting or set-off arrangement entered into under a derivative transaction and excluding any Security
or Quasi-Security under a credit support arrangement;



  


		(d)	any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset acquired by IHS Holding or a member of the
Group after the Closing Date, if:



 


		(i)	the Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by IHS Holding or a member
of the Group;



 


		(ii)	the principal amount secured
has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that asset by IHS Holding or a member of the Group; and



 


		(iii)	the Security is removed or discharged within three Months of the date of acquisition of such asset (unless
permitted to remain outstanding pursuant to another paragraph);



 


		(e)	any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any Lease over the asset subject to the Lease provided
that the Financial Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted pursuant to the Finance Documents;



 


		(f)	any Security over goods and documents of title to goods arising in the ordinary course of a documentary
credit transaction entered into in the ordinary course of trading or business activities;



 


		(g)	any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by IHS Holding or a member of the Group arising in connection
with a cash management or pooling arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting
debit and credit balances of IHS Holding or members of the Group but only so long as (i) such arrangement is not established with
the primary intention of preferring any lenders, and (ii) any overdraft facility connected with such arrangement is permitted under
the Finance Documents;



 


		(h)	any Security over rental deposits arising in the ordinary course of trading or business activities of
IHS Holding or a member of the Group in respect of any property leased or licensed by IHS Holding or a member of the Group in respect
of amounts representing not more than 12 Months’ rent payments for that property;



 


		(i)	any Security over bank accounts granted as part of that the relevant bank’s standard terms and conditions
(including but not limited to any Security Interest arising under clause 24 or 25 of the general banking conditions (algemene bankvoorwaarden)
of any member of the Dutch Banking Association);



 


		(j)	any Security relating to payments into court or arising under any court order or injunction or security
for costs arising in connection with any litigation or court proceedings being contested by IHS Holding or a member of the Group in good
faith (and which do not otherwise give rise to an Event of Default);



 


		(k)	any Security arising pursuant to an order of attachment or injunction restraining disposal of assets or
similar legal process arising in connection with court proceedings which are contested by IHS Holding or a member of the Group in good
faith by appropriate proceedings and which do not otherwise give rise to an Event of Default and would not otherwise be reasonably expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect;



 






    (36)


     


    

 


		(l)	any Security over cash paid into an escrow account by any third party, IHS Holding or a member of
the Group pursuant to any customary deposit or retention of purchase price arrangements entered into pursuant to any Permitted Acquisition;



 


		(m)	any Security arising automatically by operation of law in favour of any government authority or organisation
in respect of taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are being contested by IHS Holding or a member of the Group in good faith
by appropriate proceedings and which would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and in respect of which IHS Holding
or a member of the Group has made adequate reserves;



 


		(n)	any cash collateral provided in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees to the issuer of such
letters of credit or bank guarantees to the extent the Financial Indebtedness in relation to which such letters of credit or bank guarantees
relate is permitted under the Finance Documents;



 


		(o)	any Security or Quasi-Security created with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders;



 


		(p)	any Security provided by IHS Holding to secure Priority Debt;



 


		(q)	any Security or Quasi-Security to secure the performance of statutory obligations, trade contracts, insurance,
surety or appeal bonds, workers compensation obligations, leases (including, without limitation, statutory and common law landlord's liens),
performance bonds, surety and appeal bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred (including to secure letters of credit issued
to assure payment of such obligations) or in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or leases to secure licenses, public or statutory
obligations, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of trading or business;



 


		(r)	any Security or Quasi-Security on cash, Cash Equivalent Investments or other property arising in connection
with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Financial Indebtedness in the ordinary course of such Financial Indebtedness provided
that no Event of Default is continuing at the date such Security or Quasi-Security is granted;



 


		(s)	any Security or Quasi-Security on specific items of inventory or other goods (and the proceeds thereof)
of any person securing such person's obligations in respect of bankers' acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business
for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;



 


		(t)	any Security or Quasi-Security on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favour
of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets provided
that such Security or Quasi-Security is released as soon as reasonably practicable (taking into consideration any relevant local law limitations
and formalities) upon the discharge or release in full of the obligations secured by such Security or Quasi-Security; and



 


		(u)	any Security provided by IHS Holding or a member of the Group, securing indebtedness, the principal amount
of which (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness which has the benefit of Security given by IHS Holding or
any member of the Group under this paragraph) does not at any time exceed the greater of USD75,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies)
and 3.0% of the Total Assets of IHS Holding, provided that the maximum principal amount of indebtedness secured by any member of the Group
under this paragraph (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness which has the benefit of Security given by any
member of the Group under this paragraph) shall not at any time exceed USD75,000,000.



 






    (37)


     


    

 


“Permitted Transaction”
means:


 


		(a)	any Financial Indebtedness incurred, guarantee or indemnity given, payment made, or other transaction
arising, under the Finance Documents;



 


		(b)	transactions (other than (i) any sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposal and (ii) the
granting or creation of Security or the incurring or permitting to subsist of Financial Indebtedness) conducted in the ordinary course
of trading or business of IHS Holding or any member of the Group on arm’s length terms;



 


		(c)	the solvent liquidation of the Excluded Subsidiaries contemplated by the Structuring Memorandum;



 


		(d)	the solvent liquidation or sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposal of Nigeria Tower Interco B.V.;



 


		(e)	any Permitted Re-domiciliation; and



 


		(f)	the INT Transfer.



 


“Permitted Transferee”
means:


 


		(a)	any of African Tower Investment Limited, Africa Telecom Towers S.C.S., AIIF2 Towers Mauritius, ECP IHS
(Mauritius) Limited, ECPIV-IHS Limited, ELQ Investors VIII Ltd, IFC Global Infrastructure Fund, LP, International Finance Corporation, Investec
Africa Frontier Private Equity Associate Fund, L.P., Investec Africa Frontier Private Equity Fund L.P., Investec Africa Private
Equity Fund 2 LP, Investec Fund Managers SA (RF) Limited in respect of the portfolio Investec Africa Fund, Korea Investment
Corporation, Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V., Oranje-Nassau Developpement S.A, SICAR, UBC Services
Inc. and Warrington Investment PTE Ltd; and



 


		(b)	any wholly-owned Subsidiary of any of the persons or entities listed in paragraph (a) above,



 


and in each case, which is not a Restricted
Party.


 


“Priority Debt” means
any Financial Indebtedness incurred by a Subsidiary of IHS Holding (other than a member of the Group), provided that such Financial Indebtedness
does not exceed the Priority Debt Cap.


 


“Priority Debt Cap”
means the greater of USD 1,630,000,000 and 200% of EBITDA of IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries.


 


“Prohibited
Activity” means any of the activities listed in Schedule 9 (Prohibited Activities).


 






    (38)


     


    

 


“Published Rate”
means:


 


		(a)	an RFR; or



 


		(b)	the Screen Rate for any Quoted Tenor.



 


“Published Rate Replacement
Event” means:


 


		(a)	the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Published Rate has, in the opinion of the
Majority USD Lenders, and Holdco materially changed;



 


		(b)	



 


		(i)	



 


		(A)	the administrator of that Published Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator
is insolvent; or



 


		(B)	information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed
with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms
that the administrator of that Published Rate is insolvent,



 


provided that, in each case, at that
time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Published Rate;


 


		(ii)	the administrator of that Published Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide
that Published Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Published
Rate;



 


		(iii)	the supervisor of the administrator of that Published Rate publicly announces that such Published Rate
has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or



 


		(iv)	the administrator of that Published Rate or its supervisor announces that that Published Rate may no longer
be used; or



 


		(c)	the administrator of that Published Rate (or the administrator of an interest rate which is a constituent
element of that Published Rate) determines that that Published Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or
other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:



 


		(i)	the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the
Majority USD Lenders and Holdco) temporary; or



 


		(ii)	that Published Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less
than three months or the period specified as the “RFR Contingency Period” in the Compounded Rate Terms relating to that Published
Rate; or



 


		(d)	in the opinion of the Majority USD Lenders and Holdco, that Published Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate
for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.



 


“Qualifying IPO”
means an offering of the ordinary shares or common equity on a nationally recognized stock exchange in the United States or any member
of the European Union (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the United Kingdom) or Switzerland of Holdco or any Holding Company of Holdco.


 


“Quarter Date” means
each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December or such other dates which correspond to the quarter
end dates within the Financial Year of the Group.


 






    (39)


     


    

 


“Quarterly Financial Statements”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 21.1 (Financial Statements).


 


“Quasi-Security”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.9 (Negative Pledge).


 


“Quotation Day” means,
in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two Business Days before the first day of that period, unless
market practice differs in the Relevant Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by
the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Market (and if quotations would normally be on more than one day, the Quotation
Day will be the last of those days).


 


“Quoted Tenor” means,
in relation to the Screen Rate for Loans in dollars, any period for which that Screen Rate is customarily displayed on the relevant page or
screen of an information service.


 


“Rate Switch Date”
in relation to dollars, means the earlier of:


 


		(a)	the Backstop Rate Switch Date; and



 


		(c)	any Rate Switch Trigger Event Date.



 


“Rate Switch Trigger Event”
means in relation to the Screen Rate Loans in dollars:


 


		(a)	



 


		(i)	the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is
insolvent; or



 


		(ii)	information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed
with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms
that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,



 


provided
that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;


 


		(b)	the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide
that Screen Rate for any Quoted Tenor permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to
provide that Screen Rate for that Quoted Tenor;



 


		(c)	the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been
or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued for any Quoted Tenor; or



 


		(d)	the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that that Screen Rate for any
Quoted Tenor may no longer be used.



 


“Rate Switch Trigger Event
Date” means:


 


		(a)	in the case of an occurrence of a Rate Switch Trigger Event for dollars described in paragraph (a) of
the definition of Rate Switch Trigger Event, the date on which the relevant Screen Rate ceases to be published or otherwise becomes unavailable;
and



 


		(b)	in the case of an occurrence of a Rate Switch Trigger Event dollars described in paragraphs (b), (c) or
(d) of the definition of Rate Switch Trigger Event, the date on which the relevant Screen Rate for the relevant Quoted Tenor ceases
to be published or otherwise becomes unavailable.



 






    (40)


     


    

 



 


“Reference Bank Quotation”
means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank.


 


“Reference Bank Rate”
means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference
Banks in relation to IBOR, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the Relevant Market in the relevant
currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market
size in that currency and for that period.


 


“Reference Banks”
means such banks as may agree with the Agent to act as a reference bank and as agreed with Holdco.


 


“Related Fund” in
relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment
adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager
or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.


 


“Relevant Market”
means:


 


		(a)	subject to paragraph (b) below



 


		(i)	in relation to USD or any currency other than NGN, the London interbank market; and



 


		(ii)	in relation to NGN, the Nigerian interbank market; and



 


		(b)	in relation to dollars, following the occurrence of a Rate Switch Date, the market specified as such in
the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.



 


“Relevant Nominating Body”
means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored
or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.


 


“Repeating Representations”
means Clauses 20.1 (Status) to 20.5 (Validity and admissibility in evidence), Clause 20.6 (Governing law and enforcement),
paragraph (a) of Clause 20.9 (No Default), paragraph (f) of Clause 20.10 (No Misleading Information), Clause
20.11 (Financial Statements) (other than paragraph (e)), Clause 20.15 (Good Title) and Clause 20.17 (Sanctions),
Clause 20.18 (Anti-bribery and Corruption Laws), Clause 20.22 (Tax Status) or Clause 20.23 (Anti-Money Laundering).


 


“Replacement Benchmark”
means a benchmark rate which is in relation to NIBOR:


 


		(a)	formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for the NIBOR by:



 


		(i)	the administrator of NIBOR (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures
is the same as that measured by NIBOR); or



 


		(ii)	any Relevant Nominating Body,



 


and if replacements have, at the relevant
time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement
under paragraph (ii) above;


 






    (41)


     


    

 


		(b)	in the opinion of the Majority NGN Lenders and Holdco, generally accepted in the international or any
relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to NIBOR; or



 


		(c)	in the opinion of the Majority NGN Lenders and Holdco, an appropriate successor to NIBOR.



 


“Replacement Lender”
has the meaning given to it in paragraph (b) of Clause 37.4 (Replacement of Lender).


 


“Replacement Reference Rate”
means a reference rate which is:


 


		(a)	formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Published Rate by:



 


		(i)	the administrator of that Published Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark
rate measures is the same as that measured by Published Rate); or



 


		(ii)	any Relevant Nominating Body,



 


and if replacements have, at the relevant
time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Reference Rate” will be the
replacement under paragraph (ii) above;


 


		(b)	in the opinion of the Majority USD Lenders and Holdco, generally accepted in the international or any
relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Published Rate; or



 


		(c)	in the opinion of the Majority USD Lenders and Holdco, an appropriate successor to a Published Rate.



 


“Reporting Day” means
the day specified as such in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.


 


“Reporting Time”
means the relevant time (if any) specified as such in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.


 


“Representative”
means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.


 


"Resolution Authority"
means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.


 


“Restricted Party”
means a person that is:


 


		(a)	listed on, or owned or controlled by a person listed on, or acting on behalf or at the direction of a
person listed on, any Sanctions List;



 


		(b)	located in, incorporated under the laws of, or owned or (directly or indirectly) controlled by, or acting
on behalf or at the direction of, a person located in or organised under the laws of a country or territory which is, or whose government
is, the subject or target of comprehensive country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions (being, at the date of this Agreement, Crimea, Iran,
Cuba, North Korea, Sudan and Syria); or



 


		(c)	otherwise a target of Sanctions (target of Sanctions meaning a person with whom a US person or
other legal or natural person subject to the jurisdiction or authority of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law
from engaging in trade, business or other activities without all appropriate licenses or exemptions issued by all applicable Sanctions
Authorities).



 






    (42)


     


    

 


“RFR” means the rate
specified as such in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.


 


“RFR Banking Day”
means any day specified as such in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.


 


“Sanctions” means
the trade, economic or financial sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by:


 


		(a)	the United States of America;



 


		(b)	the United Nations;



 


		(c)	the European Union;



 


		(d)	the United Kingdom;



 


		(e)	the jurisdiction of incorporation of a member of the Group; and/or



 


		(f)	the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation,
the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury, the United States Department of State and Her Majesty’s Treasury,



 


(together, the “Sanctions Authorities”).


 


“Sanctions Event”
means the occurrence of any of the following events:


 


		(a)	the representation under Clause 20.17 (Sanctions) is or proves to be incorrect or misleading when
made or deemed to be made by an Obligor; and/or



 


		(b)	an Obligor fails to comply with any provision of Clause 23.17 (Sanctions).



 


“Sanctions List”
means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List”, the “Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List”
and the “List of Foreign Sanctions Evaders” maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, the “Consolidated List
of Financial Sanctions Targets” and the “Ukraine: list of persons subject to restrictive measures in view of Russia’s
actions destabilising the situation in Ukraine” maintained by Her Majesty’s Treasury, or any similar list maintained by, or
public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities.


 


“Screen Rate” means,
in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which
takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication
by the administrator) on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which
displays that rate) or, in each case, on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time
to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service
displaying the relevant rate after consultation with Holdco.


 


“Screen Rate Replacement Event”
means:


 


		(a)	the methodology, formula or other means of determining NIBOR has, in the opinion of the Majority NGN Lenders
and Holdco materially changed;



 






    (43)


     


    

 


		(b)	



 


		(i)	



 


		(A)	the administrator of NIBOR or, its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent;
or



 


		(B)	information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed
with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms
that the administrator of NIBOR is insolvent,



 


provided that, in each case, at that
time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide NIBOR;


 


		(ii)	the administrator of NIBOR publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide NIBOR permanently
or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide NIBOR;



 


		(iii)	the supervisor of the administrator of NIBOR publicly announces that NIBOR has been or will be permanently
or indefinitely discontinued; or



 


		(iv)	the administrator of NIBOR or its supervisor announces that NIBOR may no longer be used; or



 


		(c)	the administrator of NIBOR determines that that NIBOR should be calculated in accordance with its reduced
submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:



 


		(i)	the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the
Majority NGN Lenders and Holdco) temporary; or



 


		(ii)	NIBOR is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than three
months; or



 


		(d)	in the opinion of the Majority NGN Lenders and Holdco, NIBOR is otherwise no longer appropriate for the
purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.



 


“Security” means
a mortgage, lien, pledge or charge or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement
having a similar effect.


 


“Senior Notes Indenture”
means the senior notes indenture dated 18 September 2019 in connection with the Bonds between, among others, Holdco and Citibank,
N.A., London Branch, as trustee, as amended and supplemented from time to time.


 


“Signing Date” means
the date of this Agreement.


 


“Specified Time”
means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 7 (Timetables).


 


“Sponsor Affiliate”
means an Affiliate of IHS Holding provided that any direct or indirect shareholder of IHS Holding shall not constitute a Sponsor
Affiliate (save for a shareholder which owns, legally and beneficially, 50% plus one share or more of the shares in IHS Holding).


 


“Subordinated Shareholder Loan”
means:


 


		(a)	any loan made by IHS Holding, IHS Netherlands (Interco) Coöperatief U.A. or an Affiliate of
IHS Holding (other than any member of the Group) to a Borrower or Holdco which is subordinated in accordance with the terms of the Subordination
Agreement or on terms otherwise acceptable to the Majority Lenders (and includes, without limitation, any New Shareholder Loan) and which
will have a maturity date (howsoever described) falling after the Termination Date of each Facility; or



 






    (44)


     


    

 


		(b)	a New IHS Shareholder Loan, which is subordinated in accordance with the terms of the Subordination Agreement
or on terms otherwise acceptable to the Majority Lenders and which will have a maturity date (howsoever described) falling after the Termination
Date of each Facility.



 


“Subordination Agreement”
means the Subordination Agreement to be entered into between Holdco, IHS Holding, IHS Netherlands (Interco) Coöperatief
U.A. each Borrower and the Agent.


 


“Subsidiary” means,
with respect to any specified person:


 


		(a)	any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power
of shares of capital stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement
or stockholders' agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the
corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that person or one or
more of the other Subsidiaries of that person (or a combination thereof);



 


		(b)	any partnership or limited liability company of which (a) more than 50% of the capital accounts,
distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly, by such person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof, whether in the
form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (b) such person or any Subsidiary of such
person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity; or



 


		(c)	any corporation, company, association, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity
which is or is eligible to be consolidated in the financial statements of such person in accordance with IFRS.



 


“Syndication Date”
means:


 


		(a)	for the purposes of Clause 11.1 (Interest Periods), the day being four Months following the
Closing Date; and



 


		(b)	for all other purposes under this Agreement, the earlier of:



 


		(i)	the day on which the Arrangers confirm that primary syndication of Facility A and Facility B has been
completed; and



 


		(ii)	the day being four Months following the Closing Date.



 


“Syndication Letter”
means the syndication letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement between Holdco, IHS Holding and the Arrangers.


 


“Structuring Memorandum”
means the memorandum dated on or around the date of this Agreement detailing the completion steps for the Facilities and the Bonds, delivered
by Holdco to the Agent in accordance with Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).


 






    (45)


     


    

 


“Tax” means any tax,
levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any
failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).


 


“Term Rate Loan”
means any Loan or, if applicable, Unpaid Sum which is not a Compounded Rate Loan.


 


“Termination Date”
means:


 


		(a)	in relation to Facility A, 60 Months and one day after the first Utilisation Date of Facility A;
and



 


		(b)	in relation to Facility B, 60 Months and one day after the first Utilisation Date of Facility B.



 


“Total Assets” means,
in respect of any specified person as of any date, the total assets of such person, calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with
IFRS, excluding all intra-group items and investments in any Subsidiaries of such person.


 


“Total Commitments”
means the aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitments and the Total Facility B Commitments and in any event up to a maximum of USD1,000,000,000.


 


“Total Facility A Commitments”
means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments, being USD610,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.


 


“Total Facility B Commitments”
means the aggregate of the Facility B Commitments, being, at the date of this Agreement, the NGN Equivalent of USD390,000,000.


 


“Trade Instruments”
means any performance bonds, advance payment bonds or documentary letters of credit issued in respect of the obligations of any member
of the Group arising in the ordinary course of trading of that member of the Group which, in each case, is not (or will not be) outstanding
for a period longer than 12 months from the date such instrument is issued.


 


“Transaction Costs”
means all arm’s length, fair market and bona fide fees, commissions, costs and expenses, and stamp, registration and other
Taxes incurred by IHS Holding or any of its Affiliates (including any member of the Group) in connection with:


 


		(a)	the Facilities, the Finance Documents, any Permitted Financial Indebtedness or any Permitted Acquisition;
or



 


		(b)	the IHS Holding Facility and any indebtedness or acquisition contemplated or permitted thereunder.



 


“Transfer Certificate”
means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed
between the Agent and Holdco.


 


“Transfer Date” means,
in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:


 


		(a)	the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and



 


		(b)	the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.



 


“Treasury Transaction”
means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.


 






    (46)


     


    

 


“UK” and “United
Kingdom” means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.


 


“UK Bail-In Legislation”
means Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to
the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through
liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).


 


“Unpaid Sum” means
any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.


 


“US” and “United
States” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions.


 


“USD Lender” means,
at any time, each Lender (or Affiliate of a Lender) which has a Facility A Commitment.


 


“Utilisation” means
a Loan.


 


“Utilisation Date”
means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.


 


“Utilisation Request”
means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in Schedule 3 (Utilisation Request).


 


“VAT” means:


 


		(a)	any tax imposed in compliance with European Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common
system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112);



 


		(b)	any tax imposed under the Value Added Tax Act Chapter V1, Laws of the Federation of Nigeria
2004; and any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a Participating Member State in substitution for, or levied in addition
to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.



 


“Write-Down And Conversion
Powers” means:


 


		(a)	in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time,
the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;



 


		(b)	in relation to the UK Bail-In Legislation, any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer
or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment
firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument
under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any
other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend
any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to
any of those powers; and



 


		(c)	in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:



 


		(i)	any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that
is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to
cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises,
to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any
such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that
liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and



 






    (47)


     


    

 


		(ii)	any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.



 


		1.2	Construction



 


		(a)	Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:



 


		(i)	the “Agent”, the “Arranger”, any “Finance Party”,
any “Lender”, any “Party, or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title (including,
for the avoidance of doubt, upon a merger or other corporate reorganisation of such person, the surviving entity following such merger
or other corporate reorganisation), permitted assigns and permitted transferees;



 


		(ii)	a document in “agreed form” is a document which is previously agreed in writing by
or on behalf of the Agent and Holdco;



 


		(iii)	“assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;



 


		(iv)	a Lender's “cost of funds” in relation to its participation in a Loan is a reference
to the average cost (determined either on an actual or a notional basis) which that Lender would incur if it were to fund, from whatever
source(s) it may reasonably select, an amount equal to the amount of that participation in that Loan for a period equal in length
to the Interest Period of that Loan;



 


		(v)	a “Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance
Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated.



 


		(vi)	a “group of Lenders” includes all the Lenders.



 


		(vii)	“guarantee” means (other than in Clause 19 (Guarantee and Indemnity)) any
guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent,
to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person
where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;



 


		(viii)	including means including without limitation and includes and included shall be construed accordingly;



 


		(ix)	“indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety)
for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;



 


		(x)	a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or
agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal
personality);



 






    (48)


     


    

 


		(xi)	a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline
(whether or not having the force of law, but if not having force of law which are binding or customarily complied with) of any governmental,
intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;



 


		(xii)	a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and



 


		(xiii)	a time of day is a reference to London time.



 


		(b)	The determination of the extent to which a rate is “for a period equal in length” to
an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.



 


		(c)	Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.



 


		(d)	Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given
under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.



 


		(e)	A Default (including an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived.



 


		(f)	A Sanctions Event is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived (in accordance with Clause 37 (Amendments
and Waivers)).



 


		(g)	A reference in this Agreement to a page or screen of an information service displaying a rate shall
include:



 


		(i)	any replacement page of that information service which displays that rate; and



 


		(ii)	the appropriate page of such other information service which displays that rate from time to time
in place of that information service,



 


and, if such page or service ceases
to be available, shall include any other page or service displaying that rate specified by the Agent after consultation with Holdco.


 


		(h)	A reference in this Agreement to a Central Bank Rate (as defined in Schedule 12 (Compounded Rate Terms)
shall include any successor rate to, or replacement rate for, that rate.



 


		(i)	Any Compounded Rate Supplement relating to a currency overrides anything relating to that currency in:



 


		(i)	Schedule 12 (Compounded Rate Terms); or



 


		(ii)	any earlier Compounded Rate Supplement.



 


		(j)	A Compounding Methodology Supplement relating to the Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate or the Cumulative
Compounded RFR Rate overrides anything relating to that rate in:



 


		(i)	Schedule 13 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate) or Schedule 14 (Cumulative Compounded
RFR Rate), as the case may be; or



 


		(ii)	any earlier Compounding Methodology Supplement.



 






    (49)


     


    

 


		1.3	Currency Symbols and Definitions



 


“$”, “USD”
and “Dollars” denote the lawful currency of the United States of America and “NGN” and “Naira”
denote the lawful currency of Nigeria.


 


		1.4	Dutch Terms



 


In this Agreement, where it relates
to a Dutch entity, a reference to:


 


		(a)	a necessary action to authorise, where applicable, includes without limitation:



 


		(i)	any action required to comply with the Dutch Works Council Act (Wet op de ondernemingsraden); and



 


		(ii)	obtaining unconditional positive advice (advies) from each competent works council;



 


		(b)	a winding-up, administration or dissolution includes a Dutch entity being:



 


		(i)	declared bankrupt (failliet verklaard);



 


		(ii)	dissolved (ontbonden);



 


		(c)	a moratorium includes surseance van betaling and granted a moratorium includes surseance verleend;



 


		(d)	a liquidator includes a curator;



 


		(e)	an administrator includes a bewindvoerder, a herstructureringsdeskundige or an observator;



 


		(f)	a receiver or an administrative receiver does not include a curator or bewindvoerder; and



 


		(g)	an attachment includes a beslag.



 


		1.5	Nigerian Credit Risk Management



 


		(a)	Each Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent to:



 


		(i)	obtain and retain on the Central Bank of Nigeria’s (“CBN”) Credit Risk Management
System (“CRMS”) or any replacement thereof, all information relating to the Borrower’s tax identification number,
status of indebtedness as well as all information relating to the bank verification number and status of indebtedness of the directors
of the Borrower provided that such information shall be retained only to the extent mandatorily required by the CBN;



 


		(ii)	report any non-repayment of the Facilities, which is an Event of Default that is continuing, to the CBN
through the CRMS) or by any other means prescribed by the CBN, and request the CBN to exercise its regulatory power to direct all Nigerian
banks and other financial institutions under its regulatory purview to set-off the Borrower’s indebtedness from any money standing
to the credit of the Borrower in any bank account and from any other financial assets any bank may be holding for the Borrower’s
benefit (the “CBN Right of Set-Off”) provided that the CBN Right of Set-Off shall not apply to any bank account, funds
or assets over which security has been created by the Borrower in favour of any person prior to the date of this Agreement.



 






    (50)


     


    

 



 


		(b)	Subject
                                            to paragraph (a)(ii) above, each Borrower undertakes that the CBN shall have power to
                                            set off its indebtedness under this Agreement from all such monies and funds standing to
                                            its credit or benefit in any and all such accounts or from any other beneficial assets belonging
                                            to it and in the custody of any Nigerian bank.



  


		(c)	Each
                                            Borrower waives any right of confidentiality and irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to
                                            fully indemnify the NGN Lenders and the CBN for any loss reasonably incurred in the course
                                            of exercising the CBN Right of Set-Off.



 


		1.6	Exchange
                                            Rate Fluctuations and Baskets



 


		(a)	When
                                            applying any baskets, monetary limits, thresholds and other exceptions to the representations
                                            and warranties, undertakings and Events of Default under the Finance Documents, the equivalent
                                            to an amount in the Base Currency as on the date of the relevant member of the Group incurring
                                            or making the relevant disposal, acquisition, investment, lease, loan, debt or guarantee
                                            or other relevant action shall be applicable. No Event of Default or breach of any representation
                                            and warranty or undertaking under the Finance Documents shall arise merely as a result of
                                            a subsequent change in the Base Currency equivalent. The exchange rates used in the calculation
                                            of Net Financial Indebtedness shall be the spot rate as at the date of calculation.



 


		(b)	In
                                            ascertaining the Lenders or the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage of the Total
                                            Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or
                                            other vote under the Finance Documents the Facility B Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed
                                            to be the Base Currency Amount of its Commitment.



 


		1.7	Third-Party
                                            Rights



 


		(a)	Except
                                            to the extent stated otherwise in this Agreement, a person who is not a Party has no right
                                            under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties
                                            Act”) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.



 


		(b)	Notwithstanding
                                            any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required
                                            to amend, rescind or vary this Agreement or any Finance Document at any time.



 


		1.8	Certificates



 


Where
any person gives a certificate on behalf of any of the parties to the Finance Documents pursuant to any provision thereof and such certificate
proves to be incorrect, the individual shall incur no personal liability in consequence of such certificate being incorrect save where
such individual acted fraudulently or recklessly in giving such certificate (in which case any liability of such individual shall be
determined in accordance with applicable law).


 


		1.9	Electronic
                                            Signatures



 


The Parties
acknowledge and agree that they may execute the Finance Documents and any variation or amendment to the same, by electronic instrument.
The Parties agree that the electronic signatures appearing on the document shall have the same effect as handwritten signatures and the
use of an electronic signature on any Finance Document shall have the same validity and legal effect as the use of a signature affixed
by hand and is made with the intention of authenticating such Finance Document, and evidencing the parties’ intention to be bound
by the terms and conditions contained herein. For the purposes of using an electronic signature, the Parties authorise each other to
the lawful processing of personal data of the signers for contract performance and their legitimate interests including contract management.


 






    (51)


     


    

 


Section 2

The Facilities


  


		2.	The
                                            Facilities



 


		2.1	The
                                            Facilities



 


Subject
to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers:


 


		(a)	a
                                            USD term loan facility in an aggregate Base Currency Amount equal to the Total Facility A
                                            Commitments; and



 


		(b)	an
                                            NGN term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility B Commitments.



 


		2.2	Additional
                                            Increase



 


		(a)	Holdco
                                            may by not less than two Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Agent may agree
                                            (acting on the instruction of the Majority USD Lenders, acting reasonably)) prior notice
                                            to the Agent request that the Total Facility B Commitments be increased (and the Facility
                                            B Commitments shall be increased) from time to time, provided that:



 


		(i)	the
                                            maximum amount of each increase of the Facility B Commitments under this Clause 2.2 (taking
                                            into account any cancellation of Facility A in accordance with Clause 7.2 (Voluntary Cancellation)
                                            to occur on the date of such increase) shall not at any time exceed an amount that would
                                            result in:



 


		(A)	the
                                            Total Commitments exceeding USD1,000,000,000; and



 


		(B)	the
                                            Total Facility B Commitments exceeding USD400,000,000,



 


provided
that where such increase is to occur on the same date as any cancellation of Facility A in accordance
with Clause 7.2 (Voluntary Cancellation), such increase and cancellation occur simultaneously and in accordance with this Clause
2.2;


 


		(ii)	the
                                            increased Facility B Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial
                                            institutions, trusts, funds or other entities (each an “Additional Increase Lender”)
                                            selected by Holdco, each of which:



 


		(A)	shall
                                            not be a Sponsor Affiliate or a member of the Group;



 


		(B)	is
                                            acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority USD Lenders, acting reasonably);
                                            and



 


		(C)	confirms
                                            its willingness to assume, and does assume, all of the obligations of a Lender corresponding
                                            to that part of the increased Facility B Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had
                                            been an Original Lenders;



 


		(iii)	neither
                                            the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to Holdco to become an Additional Increase
                                            Lender or to find an Additional Increase Lender;



 


		(iv)	each
                                            of the Obligors and any Additional Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another
                                            and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Additional Increase Lender
                                            would have assumed and/or acquired had the Additional Increase Lender been an Original Lender;



  



    (52)


     


    




   


		(v)	each
                                            Additional Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Additional
                                            Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one
                                            another and acquire rights against one another as that Additional Increase Lender and those
                                            Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Additional Increase Lender been
                                            an Original Lender;



 


		(vi)	the
                                            Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and



 


		(vii)	any
                                            increase in Facility B Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by Holdco in the
                                            notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below
                                            are satisfied; and



 


		(viii)	the
                                            Margin on such increased Facility B Commitments (to the extent drawn) and any commitment
                                            fee on such increased Facility B Commitments (to the extent undrawn) shall be the same initial
                                            Margin for that Facility (and accordingly the commitment fees on Facility B payable under
                                            paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 13.1 (Commitment fee)) and the definition of “Margin”
                                            and paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 13.1 (Commitment fee) shall be construed to include
                                            such additional amount payable on such increased Facility B Commitment.



 


		(b)	An
                                            increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.2 will only be effective on:



 


		(i)	the
                                            execution by the Agent of an Additional Increase Confirmation from the relevant Additional
                                            Increase Lender;



 


		(ii)	in
                                            relation to an Additional Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the
                                            relevant increase the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know you customer”
                                            or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption
                                            of the increased Facility B Commitments by that Additional Increase Lender, the completion
                                            of which the Agent shall promptly notify to Holdco and the Additional Increase Lender.



 


		(c)	Each
                                            Additional Increase Lender, by executing an Additional Increase Confirmation, confirms (for
                                            the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment
                                            or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance
                                            with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.



 


		(d)	Clause
                                            25.5 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis
                                            in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Additional Increase Lender as if references in that
                                            Clause to:



 


		(i)	an
                                            “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior
                                            to the relevant increase;



 


		(ii)	the
                                            “New Lender” were references to that “Additional Increase Lender”;
                                            and



 


		(iii)	a
                                            “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references to
                                            respectively a “transfer” and “assignment”.



 






    (53)


     


    

 


		2.3	Finance
                                            Parties’ Rights and Obligations



  


		(a)	The
                                            obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance
                                            Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations
                                            of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations
                                            of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.



 


		(b)	The
                                            rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate
                                            and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party
                                            from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt, in respect of which a Finance Party
                                            shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The
                                            rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance
                                            Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by
                                            an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in a Facility or its role
                                            under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is
                                            a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.



 


		(c)	A
                                            Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce
                                            its rights under the Finance Documents.



 


		2.4	Obligors’
                                            Agent



 


		(a)	Each
                                            Obligor (other than Holdco) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Deed irrevocably
                                            appoints Holdco (acting through one or more authorised signatories) to act on its behalf
                                            as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:



 


		(i)	Holdco
                                            on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement
                                            to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of
                                            a Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments,
                                            supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding
                                            that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor;
                                            and



 


		(ii)	each
                                            Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant
                                            to the Finance Documents to Holdco,



 


and in
each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation,
any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant
notice, demand or other communication.


 


		(b)	Every
                                            act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation,
                                            notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ Agent or given to the
                                            Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection
                                            with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring
                                            before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be
                                            binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or
                                            concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications
                                            of the Obligors’ Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall
                                            prevail.



 






    (54)


     


    

 


		3.	Purpose



 


		3.1	Purpose



 


Each
Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility A and Facility B towards the following purposes and in the following order
of priority:


 


		(a)	first,
                                            refinancing all amounts under the IHS Nigeria Facility and the INT Towers Facility in full
                                            and certain Financial Indebtedness of the Group, in each case in accordance with the Funds
                                            Flow Statement;



 


		(b)	second,
                                            the payment of any Transaction Costs;



 


		(c)	third:



 


		(i)	general
                                            corporate and working capital purposes of the Group; and



 


		(ii)	the
                                            Permitted Closing Payment,



 


and each
Obligor shall ensure that the Funds Flow Statement is complied with in respect of the refinancing referred to in paragraph (a) above.


 


		3.2	Monitoring



 


No Finance
Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.


 


		4.	Conditions
                                            of Utilisation



 


		4.1	Initial
                                            Conditions Precedent



 


		(a)	The
                                            Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ Participation)
                                            in relation to any Loan if on or before the Utilisation Date for that Loan the Agent has
                                            received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions
                                            Precedent), in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority USD Lenders and the Majority
                                            NGN Lenders and in each case to all Arrangers (the “Relevant Lenders”).
                                            The Agent shall notify Holdco promptly on the Relevant Lenders being so satisfied.



 


		(b)	Other
                                            than to the extent that the Relevant Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary
                                            before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders
                                            and the Arrangers authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The
                                            Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving
                                            any such notification.



 


		4.2	Further
                                            Conditions Precedent



 


Subject
to Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent), the Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’
Participation) in relation to a Loan, if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:


 


		(a)	no
                                            Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and



  


		(b)	the
                                            Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material (except where
                                            that representation and warranty is already qualified by materiality under Clause 20 (Representations
                                            and warranties)) respects; and



 






    (55)


     


    

 


		(c)	no
                                            circumstances have occurred that would prevent the settlement the Bonds on the proposed first
                                            Utilisation Date,



  


in
each case unless such requirement has been waived with the consent of Majority Lenders, but subject always to paragraph (b) of
Clause 37.2 (Exceptions) (other than sub-paragraph (xvi) of paragraph (b) of Clause 37.2 (Exceptions))
which waiver of such matters shall require the consent of all Lenders.


 


		4.3	Maximum
                                            Number of Loans



 


A
Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation:


 


		(a)	three
                                            or more Facility A Loans would be outstanding; or



 


		(b)	three
                                            or more Facility B Loans would be outstanding.



 






    (56)


     


    

 


Section 3

Utilisation


  


		5.	Utilisation
                                            – Loans



 


		5.1	Delivery
                                            of a Utilisation Request



 


A Borrower
(or Holdco on its behalf) may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the
Specified Time.


 


		5.2	Completion
                                            of a Utilisation Request for Loans



 


		(a)	Each
                                            Utilisation Request for a Loan is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly
                                            completed unless:



 


		(i)	it
                                            identifies the Borrower and the Facility to be utilised;



 


		(ii)	it
                                            identifies the purpose of the Loan, which purpose must be within a purpose permitted under
                                            Clause 3.1 (Purpose);



 


		(iii)	it
                                            identifies that Facility A and Facility B are to be utilised and will be drawn on the same
                                            Utilisation Date pro rata;



 


		(iv)	the
                                            proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to
                                            that Facility;



 


		(v)	the
                                            currency and amount of the Loan comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and Amount);
                                            and



 


		(vi)	the
                                            proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 11 (Interest Periods).



 


		(b)	Multiple
                                            Loans may be requested in a Utilisation Request where the proposed Utilisation Date is the
                                            Closing Date. Only one Loan may be requested in each subsequent Utilisation Request.



 


		5.3	Currency
                                            and Amount



 


		(a)	The
                                            currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be:



 


		(i)	in
                                            relation to Facility A, the Base Currency; and



 


		(ii)	in
                                            relation to Facility B, NGN.



 


		(b)	The
                                            amount of the proposed Utilisation must be set in the Base Currency and, in respect of each
                                            Facility, must not exceed the applicable Available Facility.



 


		5.4	Lenders’
                                            Participation



 


		(a)	The
                                            Agent shall notify each Lender of the Loan requested under the Utilisation Request at the
                                            Specified Time.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Agent shall determine the NGN Equivalent in respect of each Facility B Loan and notify each
                                            Lender of the NGN Equivalent in respect of each Facility B Loan and the amount of each Lender’s
                                            participation in that Loan.



 


		(c)	If
                                            the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation
                                            in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.



 






    (57)


     


    

 


		(d)	The
                                            amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion
                                            borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the
                                            Loan.



  


		5.5	Cancellation
                                            of Commitment



 


		(a)	The
                                            Facility A Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled
                                            at the end of the Availability Period for Facility A.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Facility B Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled
                                            at the end of the Availability Period for Facility B.



 






    (58)


     


    

 


Section 4

Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation


  


		6.	Repayment



 


		6.1	Repayment
                                            of Facility A Loans



 


		(a)	The
                                            Borrowers shall repay the aggregate Facility A Loans in instalments by repaying on each of
                                            the following Facility Repayment Dates an aggregate amount equal to the percentage (set opposite
                                            that Facility Repayment Date below) of the aggregate amount of the Facility A Loans outstanding
                                            as at the end of the Availability Period:



 


	Facility
    Repayment Date	 	Facility
    A Loans	 
	15 September 2021	 	 	6.25	%
	15 December 2021	 	 	6.25	%
	15 March 2022	 	 	6.25	%
	15 June 2022	 	 	6.25	%
	15 September 2022	 	 	6.25	%
	15 December 2022	 	 	6.25	%
	15 March 2023	 	 	6.25	%
	15 June 2023	 	 	6.25	%
	15 September 2023	 	 	6.25	%
	15 December 2023	 	 	6.25	%
	15 March 2024	 	 	6.25	%
	15 June 2024	 	 	6.25	%
	Termination Date	 	 	25.00	%




 


		(b)	If,
                                            in relation to a Facility Repayment Date, the aggregate amount of the Facility A Loans exceeds
                                            the relevant Facility Repayment Instalment to be repaid, Holdco may, if it gives the Agent
                                            not less than five Business Days’ prior notice, select which of those Facility A Loans
                                            will be wholly or partially repaid so that the relevant Facility Repayment Instalment is
                                            repaid on the relevant Facility Repayment Date in full. If Holdco fails to deliver such a
                                            notice, the Agent shall select the Facility A Loans to be wholly or partially repaid.



 


		(c)	No
                                            Borrower may reborrow any part of a Facility A Loan which is repaid.



 


		(d)	Each
                                            Borrower must repay the Facility A Loans in USD.



 






    (59)


     


    

 


		6.2	Repayment
                                            of Facility B Loans



 


		(a)	The
                                            Borrowers shall repay the aggregate Facility B Loans in instalments by repaying on each of
                                            the following Facility Repayment Dates an aggregate amount equal to the percentage (set opposite
                                            that Facility Repayment Date below) of the aggregate amount of the Facility B Loans outstanding
                                            as at the end of the Availability Period in relation to Facility B:



 


	Facility
    Repayment Date	 	Facility
    B Loans	 
	15 September 2021	 	 	6.25	%
	15 December 2021	 	 	6.25	%
	15 March 2022	 	 	6.25	%
	15 June 2022	 	 	6.25	%
	15 September 2022	 	 	6.25	%
	15 December 2022	 	 	6.25	%
	15 March 2023	 	 	6.25	%
	15 June 2023	 	 	6.25	%
	15 September 2023	 	 	6.25	%
	15 December 2023	 	 	6.25	%
	15 March 2024	 	 	6.25	%
	15 June 2024	 	 	6.25	%
	Termination Date	 	 	25.00	%




  


		(b)	If,
                                            in relation to any Facility Repayment Date, the aggregate amount of the Facility B Loans
                                            exceeds the relevant Facility Repayment Instalment to be repaid, Holdco may, if it gives
                                            the Agent not less than five Business Days’ prior notice, select which of those Facility
                                            B Loans will be wholly or partially repaid so that the relevant Facility Repayment Instalment
                                            is repaid on the relevant Facility Repayment Date in full. If Holdco fails to deliver such
                                            a notice, the Agent shall select the Facility B Loans to be wholly or partially repaid.



 


		(c)	No
                                            Borrower may reborrow any part of a Facility B Loan which is repaid.



 


		(d)	The
                                            Borrowers must repay the Facility B Loans in Naira.



 


		6.3	Effect
                                            of Prepayment on Scheduled Repayments



 


		(a)	If
                                            any Loan is repaid or prepaid in accordance with or Clause 7.1 (Illegality),
                                            Clause 7.4 (Right of Cancellation and Repayment in Relation to a Single Lender),
                                            Clause 8.1 (Change of Control) or Clause 8.2 (Sanctions), then:



 


		(i)	in
                                            the case of the Facility A, the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date
                                            falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the
                                            Facility A Loan prepaid; and



 


		(ii)	in
                                            the case of the Facility B, the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date
                                            falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the
                                            Facility B Loan prepaid.



 


		(b)	If
                                            any Loan is prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.3 (Voluntary Prepayment of Loans)
                                            or Clause 8.3 (Disposal and Insurance Proceeds) then:



 


		(i)	in
                                            the case of the Facility A, the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date
                                            falling after that prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Facility A
                                            Loan prepaid; and



 


		(ii)	in
                                            the case of the Facility B, the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date
                                            falling after that prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Facility B
                                            Loan prepaid.



 


		(c)	If
                                            any Facility A Loan is prepaid in accordance with Clause 8.4 (Market Issuance)
                                            then, the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after that prepayment
                                            will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Facility A Loan prepaid.



 






    (60)


     


    

 



 


		7.	Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation



 


		7.1	Illegality



 


If in any applicable jurisdiction, it
becomes unlawful for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation
in any Utilisation or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:


 


		(a)	that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;



 


		(b)	upon the Agent notifying Holdco, each Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled;
and



 


		(c)	to the extent that the Lender’s participation has not been transferred pursuant to Clause 37.4 (Replacement
of Lender), each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations made to that Borrower on the last day
of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the Agent has notified Holdco or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender
in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s
corresponding Commitment(s) shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.



 


		7.2	Voluntary Cancellation



 


		(a)	Subject to paragraph (b) below, Holdco may, if it gives the Agent:



 


		(i)	not less than two Business Days’ prior notice, where such notice is provided by Holdco together
with the notice referred to under paragraph (a) of Clause 2.2 (Additional Increase); or



 


		(ii)	not less than one Business Days’ prior notice in relation to any cancellation not contemplated under
paragraph (a)(i) above,



 


(or, in each case, such shorter period
as the Majority Lenders may agree), cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of USD20,000,000 and, if more, in integral multiples
of USD5,000,000) of an Available Facility.


 


		(b)	Any cancellation under this Clause 7.2 shall:



 


		(i)	where notice of such cancellation is provided on the same day that Holdco provides notice under paragraph
(a) of Clause 2.2 (Additional Increase), be provided only in relation to Facility A;



 


		(ii)	where Holdco provides written confirmation to the Agent together with the relevant notice of such cancellation,
that such cancellation is required as a result of the Bond pricing having occurred in respect of the Bonds in the amount exceeding USD800,000,000,
be provided only in relation to Facility A; and



 


		(iii)	in relation to any cancellation not referred to in paragraphs (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above, result
in the Facility A Commitments and Facility B Commitments being cancelled on a pro rata basis.



 


		(c)	Any cancellation under this Clause 7.2 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under
that Facility.



 






    (61)


     


    

 


		7.3	Voluntary Prepayment of Loans



 


		(a)	A Borrower may, if it (or Holdco on its behalf) gives the Agent not less than five Business Days’
(or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Loan (but, if in part, being
an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of that Loan by a minimum amount of USD20,000,000 (or equivalent)), provided that Facility
A and Facility B must be prepaid on a pro rata basis.



 


		(b)	Any prepayment of a Loan under this Clause 7.3 shall be applied pro rata to each Lender’s
participation in that Loan.



 


		7.4	Right of Cancellation and Repayment in Relation to a Single Lender



 


		(a)	If:



 


		(i)	any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under Clause 14.2 (Tax
Gross-Up);



 


		(ii)	any Lender claims indemnification from an Obligor under Clause 14.3 (Tax Indemnity) or Clause 15.1
(Increased Costs);



 


		(iii)	any lender invokes a Market Disruption Event under paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 12.2 (Market
Disruption)); or



 


		(iv)	any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender,



 


Holdco may, whilst the circumstance giving
rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment(s) of
that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans.


 


		(b)	On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender, the Commitment(s) of
that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.



 


		(c)	On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after Holdco has given notice under paragraph (a) above
in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by Holdco in that notice), each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall
repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan together with all interest and other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents.



 


		7.5	Right of Cancellation in Relation to a Defaulting Lender



 


		(a)	If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, Holdco may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a
Defaulting Lender, give the Agent five Business Days’ notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender.



 


		(b)	On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment
of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.



 


		(c)	The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above,
notify all the Lenders.



 






    (62)


     


    

 


		8.	Mandatory Prepayment



 


		8.1	Change of Control



 


		(a)	Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control:



 


		(i)	a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Loan;



 


		(ii)	Holdco shall (and any Lender may) promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that Change of Control;
and



 


		(iii)	each Lender shall be individually entitled to cancel its Commitments and require repayment of all of its
share of the Utilisations and payment of all amounts owing to it under the Finance Documents, by notification to the Agent (a “Prepayment
Notice”) within 20 Business Days of Holdco notifying the Agent of the Change of Control, whereupon:



 


		(A)	the undrawn Commitments of such Lender shall be immediately cancelled and such Lender shall have no obligation
to fund or participate in any new Loan; and



 


		(B)	the Agent shall declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued
interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon all such outstanding amounts
will become immediately due and payable.



 


		(b)	If Lender has not provided a Prepayment Notice within 20 Business Days of Holdco notifying the Agent of
such Change of Control in accordance with this Clause 8.1 in respect of that Change of Control, that Lender shall not be able to cancel
its Commitments or require repayment of its share of the Loans and the prepayment of any other amount owing to it under the Finance Documents
pursuant to this Clause 8.1.



 


		8.2	Sanctions



 


		(a)	Without prejudice to Clause 7.1 (Illegality), upon the occurrence of a Sanctions Event:



 


		(i)	Holdco shall (and any Lender may) promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that Sanctions Event;



 


		(ii)	as long as that Sanctions Event is continuing, a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Loan; and



 


		(iii)	as long as that Sanctions Event is continuing, each Lender shall be individually entitled to cancel its
Commitments and require repayment of all of its share of the Utilisations and payment of all amounts owing to it under the Finance Documents,
by notification to the Agent, whereupon:



 


		(A)	the undrawn Commitments of such Lender shall be immediately cancelled and such Lender shall have no obligation
to fund or participate in any new Loan; and



 


		(B)	the Agent shall declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued
interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon all such outstanding amounts
will become immediately due and payable.



 






    (63)


     


    

 


		8.3	Disposal and Insurance Proceeds



 


		(a)	In this Agreement:



 


“Disposal Proceeds”
means the Net Cash Proceeds in relation to any Disposal (or series of related Disposals) except for Excluded Disposal Proceeds.


 


“Disposal” means any
sale, lease, licence, transfer, loan or other disposal of any asset, undertaking or business of a member of the Group.


 


“Excluded Disposal Proceeds”
means the Net Cash Proceeds of any Disposal:


 


		(i)	of assets made on arm’s length terms and in the ordinary course of trading or the business of the
disposing entity;



 


		(ii)	to the extent falling within the definition of “Permitted Disposal” (other than in relation
to paragraphs (d), (r), (s) and (u) of such definition);



 


		(iii)	which is a Permitted Disposal to the extent not otherwise excluded in this definition, where the Net Cash
Proceeds of such disposal are, within 365 days of receipt, applied or committed to be applied and actually applied in the purchase of
replacement assets or business for use in the business of the Group or to finance a Permitted Acquisition or Capital Expenditure; or



 


		(iv)	which, when aggregated with the Net Cash Proceeds of other Disposals made in the same Financial Year of
the Group, do not exceed USD5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) provided that the Net Cash Proceeds of a Disposal
under subparagraphs (i) to (iii) above shall be disregarded for the purposes of calculating the amount of the Net Cash
Proceeds under this subparagraph.



 


“Excluded Insurance Proceeds”
means the Net Cash Proceeds of any insurance claim:


 


		(i)	which are received in respect of third-party liability, public liability, directors’ liability,
business interruption, loss of earnings or similar claims;



 


		(ii)	to cover operating losses in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made;



 


		(iii)	in respect of the loss or destruction of assets and where the Net Cash Proceeds of such insurance claim
are, within 365 days of receipt, applied or committed to be applied and actually applied in the replacement, reinstatement and/or repair
of the relevant asset (or reimbursement funding any of the foregoing) or otherwise in amelioration of the loss in respect of which the
relevant insurance claim was made or in investment in assets of a member of the Group; or



 


		(iv)	which, when aggregated with the Net Cash Proceeds of other insurance claims made in the same Financial
Year of the Group, do not exceed USD5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) provided that the Net Cash Proceeds of an
insurance claim under subparagraphs (i) to (iii) above shall be disregarded for the purposes of calculating the amount
of the Net Cash Proceeds under this subparagraph.



 


“Insurance Proceeds”
means the Net Cash Proceeds of any insurance claim (or series of related insurance claims) received in respect of the loss or destruction
of assets of the Group except for Excluded Insurance Proceeds.


 






    (64)


     


    




 


		(b)	Holdco and each Borrower shall ensure that an amount equal to the following amounts is applied first,
in prepayment pro rata of the Facility A Loans and Facility B Loans, and second, cancellation pro rata of Facility A Commitments
and Facility B Commitments as contemplated in paragraphs (c) and (d) below:



 


		(i)	an amount equal to any Disposal Proceeds; and



 


		(ii)	an amount equal to any Insurance Proceeds.



 


		(c)	The Borrowers shall immediately apply the relevant amounts in cancellation of Commitments and prepay the
Loans within 90 days after the receipt of such proceeds by the relevant member of the Group.



 


		(d)	A prepayment and cancellation under this Clause 8.3 shall prepay the Loans as follows:



 


		(i)	in amounts which reduce the Facility A Loans and the Facility B Loan by the same proportion and which
is pro rata to each Lender’s participation in that Loan (or cancel Facility A Commitments and Facility B Commitments on a
pro rata basis); and



 


		(ii)	in reducing the relevant Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after the date of prepayment
in the manner contemplated by paragraph (b) of Clause 6.3 (Effect of Prepayment on Scheduled Repayments).



 


		8.4	Market Issuance



 


		(a)	Holdco and each Borrower shall ensure that an amount equal to any Net Issuance Proceeds is applied first,
in prepayment pro rata of the Facility A Loans, as contemplated under this Clause and second, in cancellation of Facility A Commitments.



 


		(b)	The maximum aggregate amount that shall be applied in mandatory prepayment under this Clause 8.4 over
the life of this Agreement shall be USD200,000,000.



 


		(c)	the Borrowers shall prepay Facility A Loans and cancel Facility A Commitments promptly upon receipt of
those proceeds by the relevant member of the Group.



 


		(d)	A prepayment under this Clause 8.4 shall prepay the Facility A Loans as follows:



 


		(i)	in amounts which reduce the Facility A Loans by the same proportion; and



 


		(ii)	in reducing the relevant Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after the date of prepayment
in the manner contemplated by paragraph (c) of Clause 6.3 (Effect of Prepayment on Scheduled Repayments).



 


		(e)	Any prepayment of a Facility A Loan under this Clause 8.4 shall be applied pro rata to each Lender’s
participation in that Facility A Loan.



 


		8.5	Excluded Proceeds



 


		(a)	Where Excluded Disposal Proceeds and Excluded Insurance Proceeds include amounts which are intended to
be used for a specific purpose within a specified period (as set out in the applicable definition of Excluded Disposal Proceeds or Excluded
Insurance Proceeds), Holdco shall ensure that those amounts are used for that purpose and/or otherwise applied in prepayment of the Facilities
in accordance with this Clause 8, and if requested to do so by the Agent, shall promptly deliver a certificate to the Agent following
the end of such period confirming the amount (if any) which has been so applied within the requisite time periods provided for in the
relevant definition.






 


		(b)	Subject to paragraph (a) above, any proceeds of Disposals, insurance claims or Net Issuance
Proceeds not, in each case, required to be applied in prepayment of the Facilities hereunder, may be retained by the Group for its general
corporate purposes and application by it in any manner not restricted by the Finance Documents.



 






    (65)


     


    

 


		9.	Restrictions



 


		9.1	Notices of Cancellation or Prepayment



 


Any notice of cancellation, prepayment,
authorisation or other election given by any Party under Clause 7 (Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation) shall
(subject to the terms of those Clauses) be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the
date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.


 


		9.2	Interest and other Amounts



 


Any prepayment under this Agreement
shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.


 


		9.3	Reborrowing of Facilities



 


No Borrower may reborrow any part of
a Facility which is prepaid.


 


		9.4	Prepayment in accordance with Agreement



 


No Borrower shall repay or prepay all
or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in
this Agreement.


 


		9.5	No Reinstatement of Commitments



 


No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled
under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.


 


		9.6	Agent’s Receipt of Notices



 


If the Agent receives a notice under
Clause 7 (Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation), it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice or election
to the affected Lender or Holdco, as relevant.


 


		9.7	Effect of Repayment and Prepayment on Commitments



 


If all or part of any Lender’s
participation in a Loan under a Facility is repaid or prepaid , an amount of that Lender’s Commitments (equal to the Base Currency
Amount of the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) under that Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of
repayment or prepayment.


 


		9.8	Application of Prepayments



 


Any prepayment of a Loan (other than
a prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or Clause 7.4 (Right of Cancellation and Repayment in Relation to
a Single Lender)) shall be applied pro rata to each Lender’s participation in that Loan.


 






    (66)


     


    

 


Section 5

Costs of Utilisation


 


		10A.	Rate Switch



 


		10A.1	Switch to Compounded Reference Rate



 


Subject to Clause 10A.2 (Delayed
switch for existing Term Rate Loans), on and from the Rate Switch Date for dollars:


 


		(a)	use of the Compounded Reference Rate will replace the use of the applicable IBOR for the calculation of
interest for Loans in dollars; and



 


		(b)	any Loan or Unpaid Sum in dollars shall be a “Compounded Rate Loan” and Clause 10.2 (Calculation
of Interest – Compounded Rate Loans) shall apply to each such Loan or Unpaid Sum.



 


		10A.2	Delayed switch for existing Term Rate Loans



 


If the Rate Switch Date for dollars
falls before the last day of an Interest Period for a Term Rate Loan in dollars:


 


		(a)	that Loan shall continue to be a Term Rate Loan for that Interest Period and Clause 10.1 (Calculation
of Interest – Term Rate Loans) shall continue to apply to that Loan for that Interest Period;



 


		(b)	any provision of this Agreement which is expressed to relate to dollars shall not apply in relation to
that Loan for that Interest Period; and



 


		(c)	on and from the first day of the next Interest Period (if any) for that Loan:



 


		(i)	that Loan shall be a "Compounded Rate Loan"; and



 


		(ii)	Clause 10.2 (Calculation of Interest – Compounded Rate Loans) shall apply to that Loan.



 


		10A.3	Early termination of Interest Periods for existing Term Rate
Loans



 


		If:	



 


		(a)	an Interest Period for a Term Rate Loan in dollars would otherwise end on a day which falls after the
Rate Switch Date for dollars; and



 


		(b)	prior to the date of selection of that Interest Period:



 


		(i)	the Backstop Rate Switch Date for dollars was scheduled to occur during that Interest Period; or



 


		(ii)	notice of a Rate Switch Trigger Event Date for dollars falling during that Interest Period had been given
pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 10A.4 (Notifications by Agent),



 


that Interest Period will instead end
on the Rate Switch Date for dollars.


 


		10A.4	Notifications by Agent



 


		(a)	Following the occurrence of a Rate Switch Trigger Event for dollars, the Agent shall:



 


		(i)	promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence of that Rate Switch Trigger Event, notify Holdco and the
USD Lenders of that occurrence; and



 


		(ii)	promptly upon becoming aware of the date of the Rate Switch Trigger Event Date applicable to that Rate
Switch Trigger Event, notify Holdco and the USD Lenders of that date.



 






    (67)


     


    

 


		(b)	The Agent shall, promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence of the Rate Switch Date, notify Holdco
and the USD Lenders of that occurrence.



 


		(c)	The Parties agree that no Rate Switch Trigger Event will arise on 1 January 2022 solely as a result
of the FCA Cessation Announcement.



 


		(d)	For the purposes of paragraph (c) above, the “FCA Cessation Announcement” means
the announcement on 5 March 2021 by the UK's Financial Conduct Authority that all LIBOR settings will, as of certain specified future
dates, either cease to be provided by any administrator or no longer be representative of the market and economic reality that they are
intended to measure and that such representativeness will not be restored.



 


		10.	Interest



 


		10.1	Calculation of Interest – Term Rate Loans



 


The rate of interest on each Term Rate
Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:


 


		(a)	Margin; and



 


		(b)	IBOR.



 


		10.2	Calculation of Interest – Compounded Rate Loans



 


		(a)	The rate of interest on each Compounded Rate Loan for any day during an Interest Period is the percentage
rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:



 


		(i)	Margin; and



 


		(ii)	Compounded Reference Rate for that day.



 


		(b)	If any day during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan is not an RFR Banking Day, the rate of
interest on that Compounded Rate Loan for that day will be the rate applicable to the immediately preceding RFR Banking Day.



 


		10.3	Payment of Interest



 


The Borrower to which a Loan has been
made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months,
on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).


 


		10.4	Default Interest



 


		(a)	If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest
shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which,
subject to paragraph (b) below, is two per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue
amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods,
each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 10.4 shall be immediately payable
by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.



 






    (68)


     


    

 


		(b)	If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Term Rate Loan which became due on a day which was
not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:



 


		(i)	the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion
of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and



 


		(ii)	the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be two per
cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.



 


		(c)	Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at
the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.



 


		10.5	Notification of Rates of Interest



 


		(a)	The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Lenders and the relevant Borrower (or Holdco) of the determination
of a rate of interest relating to a Term Rate Loan under this Agreement.



 


		(b)	The Agent shall promptly upon a Compounded Rate Interest Payment being determinable notify:



 


		(i)	the relevant Borrower (or Holdco) of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment;



 


		(ii)	each relevant Lender of the proportion of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment which relates to that
Lender's participation in the relevant Compounded Rate Loan; and



 


		(iii)	the relevant Lenders and the relevant Borrower (or Holdco) of:



 


		(A)	each applicable rate of interest relating to the determination of that Compounded Rate Interest Payment;
and



 


		(B)	to the extent it is then determinable, the Market Disruption Rate (if any) relating to the relevant Compounded
Rate Loan.



 


This paragraph (b) shall not apply
to any Compounded Rate Interest Payment determined pursuant to 12.4 (Cost of funds).


 


		(c)	The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Borrower (or Holdco) of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.



 


		(d)	The Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Lenders and the relevant Borrower of the determination of
a rate of interest relating to a Compounded Rate Loan to which Clause 12.4 (Cost of funds) applies.



 


		(e)	This Clause 10.5 shall not require the Agent to make any notification to any Party on a day which is not
a Business Day.



 






    (69)


     


    

 



 


		11.	Interest
                                            Periods



 


		11.1	Interest
                                            Periods



 


		(a)	Subject
                                            to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, each Interest Period shall be three months, commencing,
                                            in relation to the first Interest Period for each Loan, on the Utilisation Date of that Loan
                                            and in relation to each other Interest Period, commencing on the last day of the then current
                                            Interest Period.



 


		(b)	An
                                            Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date or a Facility Repayment
                                            Date (in each case, relating to that Loan) and that Interest Period shall instead end on
                                            the Termination Date or Facility Repayment Date as applicable to its Facility (or the preceding
                                            Business Day, if the Termination Date or Facility Repayment Date is not a Business Day).



 


		(c)	Prior
                                            to the Syndication Date, Interest Periods shall be one Month or such other period as
                                            the Agent and Holdco may agree and any Interest Period which would otherwise end during the
                                            Month preceding or extend beyond the Syndication Date shall end on the Syndication Date.



 


		(d)	The
                                            first Interest Period for the second Loan under a Facility shall end on the last day of the
                                            current Interest Period for the first Loan under that Facility.



 


		(e)	No
                                            Interest Period for a Term Rate Loan in dollars shall extend beyond 30 June 2023.



 


		11.2	Non-Business
                                            Days



 


		(a)	Other
                                            than where paragraph (b) below applies, if an Interest Period would otherwise end on
                                            a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business
                                            Day in that calendar Month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).



 


		(b)	If
                                            a Loan or Unpaid Sum is a Compounded Rate Loan and there are rules specified as ‘Business
                                            Day Conventions’ in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms, those rules shall apply
                                            to each Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.



 


		11.3	Changes
                                            to Interest Periods



 


		(a)	Prior
                                            to determining the interest rate for a Facility A Loan or Facility B Loan, the Agent may
                                            shorten an Interest Period for such Loan to ensure there are sufficient Facility A Loans
                                            or Facility B Loans, (with an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the scheduled Facility
                                            Repayment Instalment) which have an Interest Period ending on an Facility Repayment Date
                                            for the relevant Borrower to make the relevant Facility Repayment Instalment due on that
                                            date.



 


		(b)	If
                                            the Agent makes any of the changes to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 11.3
                                            it shall promptly notify each Borrower (or Holdco) and the relevant Lenders.



 


		11.4	Consolidation
                                            of Loans



 


If two
or more Interest Periods:


 


		(a)	relate
                                            to Loans under the same Facility; and



 


		(b)	end
                                            on the same date,



 


those
Loans will be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Facility A Loan or Facility B Loan, as applicable, on the last day of the Interest
Period.


 


 



    (70)


     


    

 


		12.	Changes
                                            to the Calculation of Interest



 


		12.1	Interest
                                            calculation if no RFR or Central Bank Rate



 


If:


 


		(a)	there
                                            is no applicable RFR or Central Bank Rate for the purposes of calculating the Daily Non-Cumulative
                                            Compounded RFR Rate for an RFR Banking Day during an Interest Period for a Compounded Rate
                                            Loan; and



 


		(b)	“Cost
                                            of funds will apply as a fallback” is specified in respect of that Loan in the Compounded
                                            Rate Terms for that Loan,



 


then,
Clause 12.4 (Cost of Funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.


 


		12.2	Market
                                            Disruption



 


		(a)	If
                                            a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Term Rate Loan for any Interest Period,
                                            then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest Period
                                            shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:



 


		(i)	the
                                            Margin; and



 


		(ii)	the
                                            rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close
                                            of business on the date falling three Business Days after the Quotation Day, to be that which
                                            expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation
                                            in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select,



 


provided
that if:


 


		(A)	the
                                            percentage rate per annum notified by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) above
                                            is less than the applicable IBOR for the relevant currency; or



 


		(B)	a
                                            Lender has not notified the Agent of a percentage rate per annum pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) above,



 


the cost
to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above,
to be the applicable IBOR for the relevant currency.


 


		(b)	In
                                            the case of a Compounded Rate Loan, if:



 


		(i)	a
                                            Market Disruption Rate is specified in the Compounded Rate Terms for that Loan; and



 


		(ii)	before
                                            the Reporting Time for that Loan, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders
                                            (whose participations in a Loan exceed 50% of that Loan) that its cost of funds relating
                                            to its participation in that Loan would be in excess of that Market Disruption Rate,



 


then Clause
12.4 (Cost of Funds) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.


 






    (71)


     


    

 


		12.3	Alternative
                                            Basis of Interest or Funding



  


		(a)	In
                                            this Agreement, “Market Disruption Event” means:



 


		(i)	at
                                            or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate or, as
                                            the case may be, the Interpolated Screen Rate (in relation to Facility A) or NIBOR (in relation
                                            to Facility B) is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate
                                            to the Agent to determine the applicable IBOR for the relevant currency and Interest Period;
                                            or



 


		(ii)	before
                                            close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent
                                            receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 50%
                                            of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever
                                            source it may reasonably select would be in excess of the applicable IBOR.



 


		(b)	If
                                            a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or Holdco so requires, the Agent and Holdco
                                            shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to
                                            agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.



 


		(c)	Any
                                            alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior
                                            consent of:



 


		(i)	in
                                            relation to determining the rate of interest applicable to Facility A, all the USD Lenders
                                            and the Borrowers; or



 


		(ii)	in
                                            relation to determining the rate of interest applicable to Facility B, all the NGN Lenders
                                            and the Borrowers,



 


in each
case, which shall be binding on all Parties.


 


		12.4	Cost
                                            of Funds



 


		(a)	If
                                            this Clause 12.4 applies to a Loan for an Interest Period, neither Clause 10.1 (Calculation
                                            of Interest – Term Rate Loans) nor Clause 10.2 (Calculation of Interest - Compounded
                                            Rate Loans) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period and the rate of interest
                                            on each Lender's share of that Loan for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate
                                            per annum which is the sum of:



 


		(i)	the
                                            applicable Margin; and



 


		(ii)	the
                                            weighted average of the rates notified to the Agent by each Lender as soon as practicable
                                            but in any event:



 


		(A)	in
                                            relation to a Term Rate Loan, within five Business Days before the date on which interest
                                            is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period; and



 


		(B)	in
                                            relation to a Compounded Rate Loan, by the Reporting Time for that Loan,



 


to be
that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum its cost of funds relating to its participation in that Loan.


 






    (72)


     


    

 


		(b)	If
                                            this Clause 12.4 applies pursuant to Clause ‎12.2 (Market Disruption) and in relation
                                            to a Compounded Rate Loan:



 


		(i)	a
                                            Lender's Funding Rate is less than the relevant Market Disruption Rate; or



 


		(ii)	a
                                            Lender does not supply a rate to the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above,



 


that Lender's
cost of funds relating to its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above,
to be the Market Disruption Rate for that Loan.


 


		(c)	Subject
                                            to paragraph (b) above if this Clause 12.4 applies but any Lender does not supply a
                                            rate to the Agent by the time specified in paragraph ‎(a)(ii) above the rate of
                                            interest shall be calculated on the basis of the rates notified by the remaining Lenders.



 


		(d)	If
                                            this Clause 12.4 applies the Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify Holdco.



 


		12.5	Break
                                            Costs



 


		(a)	Subject
                                            to paragraph (b) below, each Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand by
                                            a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part
                                            of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an
                                            Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum. This Clause shall not apply to any prepayment
                                            made pursuant to Clause 8.4 (Market Issuance).



 


		(b)	Paragraph
                                            (a) above shall apply in respect of a Compounded Rate Loan if an amount is specified
                                            as Break Costs in the applicable Compounded Rate Terms.



 


		(c)	Each
                                            Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by Holdco, provide a certificate
                                            confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue, a
                                            copy of which shall be provided to Holdco.



 


		13.	Fees



 


		13.1	Commitment
                                            fee



 


		(a)	Holdco
                                            shall pay (or procure there is paid) to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee
                                            computed at the rate of:



 


		(i)	in
                                            respect of Facility A, 35% of the Margin for Facility A per annum on that Lender’s
                                            Available Commitment under Facility A for the Availability Period applicable to Facility
                                            A, payable in USD; and



 


		(ii)	in
                                            respect of Facility B, 35% of the Margin for Facility B per annum on that Lender’s
                                            Available Commitment under Facility B for the Availability Period applicable to Facility
                                            B, payable in Naira.



 


		(b)	The
                                            accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months
                                            which ends during the relevant Availability Period, on the last day of the relevant Availability
                                            Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s
                                            Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.



 


		(c)	No
                                            commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment
                                            of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.



 






    (73)


     


    

 


		13.2	Participation
                                            and underwriting fee



 


Holdco
shall pay (or procure there is paid) to the Arrangers a participation and underwriting fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a
Fee Letter.


 


		13.3	Facility
                                            B management fee



 


Holdco
shall pay (or procure there is paid) to the NGN Lenders a management fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.


 


		13.4	Agent
                                            fee



 


Holdco
shall pay (or procure there is paid) to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.


 






    (74)


     


    

 


Section 6

Additional Payment Obligations


 


		14.	Taxes



 


		14.1	Tax
                                            Definitions



 


In this
Agreement:


 


“Protected
Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account
of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance
Document.


 


“Tax
Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.


 


“Tax
Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a
FATCA Deduction.


 


“Tax
Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 14.2 (Tax Gross-Up)
or a payment under Clause 14.3 (Tax Indemnity).


 


Unless
a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 14 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made
in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.


 


		14.2	Tax
                                            Gross-Up



 


		(a)	Each
                                            Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax
                                            Deduction is required by law.



 


		(b)	Holdco
                                            and each other Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax
                                            Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify
                                            the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in
                                            respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from
                                            a Lender it shall notify Holdco.



 


		(c)	If
                                            a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due
                                            from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction)
                                            leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been
                                            required.



 


		(d)	A
                                            payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction
                                            if on the date on which the payment falls due that Obligor is able to demonstrate that the
                                            payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied
                                            with its obligations under paragraph (g) below.



 


		(e)	If
                                            an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction
                                            and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and
                                            in the minimum amount required by law.



 


		(f)	Within
                                            30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with
                                            that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for
                                            the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance
                                            Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid
                                            to the relevant taxing authority.



 


		(g)	Each
                                            Lender and each Obligor shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary
                                            for each Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.



 






    (75)


     


    

 


		14.3	Tax
                                            Indemnity



 


		(a)	Holdco
                                            shall within five Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to a Protected Party an amount
                                            equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has
                                            been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in
                                            respect of a Finance Document.



 


		(b)	Paragraph (a) above
                                            shall not apply:



 


		(i)	with
                                            respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:



 


		(A)	under
                                            the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different,
                                            the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for
                                            tax purposes; or



 


		(B)	under
                                            the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located
                                            in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,



 


if that
Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable)
by that Finance Party; or


 


		(ii)	to
                                            the extent a loss, liability or cost:



 


		(A)	is
                                            compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 14.2 (Tax Gross-Up);



 


		(B)	would
                                            have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 14.2 (Tax Gross-Up)
                                            but was not so compensated solely because paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 (Tax
                                            Gross-Up) applied;



 


		(C)	is
                                            compensated for under any other provision of this Agreement;



 


		(D)	relates
                                            to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or



 


		(E)	is
                                            suffered or incurred as a result of any Finance Party having a substantial interest (aanmerkelijk
                                            belang) in an Obligor as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act (Wet inkomstenbelasting
                                            2001).



 


		(c)	A
                                            Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above
                                            shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim,
                                            following which the Agent shall notify Holdco.



 


		(d)	A
                                            Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 14.3,
                                            notify the Agent.



 


		14.4	Tax
                                            Credits



 


If an
Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:


 


		(a)	a
                                            Tax Credit is attributable to and identifiable by the relevant Finance Party as, an increased
                                            payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in
                                            consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and



 


		(b)	that
                                            Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit, the Finance
Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax
position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.



 






    (76)


     


    

 


		14.5	Stamp
                                            Taxes



 


Holdco
shall pay and, within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party
incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document, other than a cost,
loss or liability in relation to such stamp duty, registration or similar Tax, incurred by a Finance Party in respect of a transfer or
assignment of its rights and/or obligations under a Finance Document.


 


		14.6	VAT



 


		(a)	All
                                            amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party
                                            which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes
                                            are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply and, accordingly,
                                            subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made
                                            by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required
                                            to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance
                                            Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply)
                                            an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an
                                            appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).



 


		(b)	If
                                            VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”)
                                            to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient” under a Finance Document,
                                            and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant Party”) is required
                                            by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that
                                            supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient
                                            in respect of that consideration):



 


		(i)	(where
                                            the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT)
                                            the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount)
                                            an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this subparagraph (i) applies)
                                            promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient
                                            receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates
                                            to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and



 


		(ii)	(where
                                            the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT)
                                            the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient
                                            an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient
                                            reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax
                                            authority in respect of that VAT.



 


		(c)	Where
                                            a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost
                                            or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party
                                            for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT,
                                            save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit
                                            or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.



 






    (77)


     


    

  


		(d)	Any
                                            reference in this Clause 14.6 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated
                                            as a member of a group (including but not limited to any fiscal unities) for VAT purposes,
                                            include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the
                                            person who is treated as making or receiving the supply (as the case may be)under the grouping
                                            rules (as provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented
                                            by the relevant member state of the European Union) or any other similar provision in any
                                            jurisdiction which is not a member state of the European Union) so that a reference to a
                                            Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or
                                            fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the
                                            relevant representative member (or head) of that group or unity (or fiscal unity) at the
                                            relevant time (as the case may be).



 


		(e)	In
                                            relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if
                                            reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance
                                            Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is
                                            reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements
                                            in relation to such supply.



 


		14.7	FATCA
                                            Information



 


		(a)	Subject
                                            to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable
                                            request by another Party:



 


		(i)	confirm
                                            to that other Party whether it is:



 


		(A)	a
                                            FATCA Exempt Party; or



 


		(B)	not
                                            a FATCA Exempt Party;



 


		(ii)	supply
                                            to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status
                                            under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s
                                            compliance with FATCA; and



 


		(iii)	supply
                                            to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status
                                            as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance
                                            with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.



 


		(b)	If
                                            a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is
                                            a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be
                                            a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.



 


		(c)	Paragraph (a) above
                                            shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above
                                            shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion
                                            constitute a breach of:



 


		(i)	any
                                            law or regulation;



 


		(ii)	any
                                            fiduciary duty; or



 


		(iii)	any
                                            duty of confidentiality.



 






    (78)


     


    

 


		(d)	If
                                            a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation
                                            or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above
                                            (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then
                                            such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under
                                            them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides
                                            the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.



 


		14.8	FATCA
                                            Deduction



 


		(a)	Each
                                            Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required
                                            in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment
                                            in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient
                                            of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.



 


		(b)	Each
                                            Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there
                                            is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom
                                            it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify Holdco the Agent and the Agent shall
                                            notify the other Finance Parties.



 


		15.	Increased
                                            Costs



 


		15.1	Increased
                                            Costs



 


		(a)	Subject
                                            to Clause 15.3 (Exceptions) Holdco shall, within five Business Days of a demand
                                            by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred
                                            by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of
                                            or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or
                                            regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this
                                            Agreement.



 


		(b)	In
                                            this Agreement “Increased Costs” means:



 


		(i)	a
                                            reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s)
                                            overall capital;



 


		(ii)	an
                                            additional or increased cost; or



 


		(iii)	a
                                            reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,



 


which is
incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered
into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.


 


		15.2	Increased
                                            Cost Claims



 


		(a)	A
                                            Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 15.1 (Increased Costs)
                                            shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall
                                            promptly notify Holdco.



 


		(b)	Each
                                            Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate
                                            confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.



 






    (79)


     


    

 



 


		15.3	Exceptions



 


		(a)	Clause 15.1
                                            (Increased Costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:



 


		(i)	attributable
                                            to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by Holdco;



 


		(ii)	attributable
                                            to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;



 


		(iii)	compensated
                                            for by Clause 14.3 (Tax Indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under
                                            Clause 14.3 (Tax Indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of
                                            the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 14.3 (Tax Indemnity) applied);



 


		(iv)	attributable
                                            to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence
                                            of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the
                                            Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the
                                            date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date it became a Party to this Agreement) (Basel
                                            II) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation,
                                            application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates);



 


		(v)	attributable
                                            to implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV other than to
                                            the extent that Basel III or CRD IV are amended following the date of this Agreement and
                                            such amendments are not contemplated as at the date of this Agreement; or



 


		(vi)	attributable
                                            to the wilful breach by any Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation or the
                                            terms of any Finance Document.



 


		(b)	In
                                            this Clause 15.3:



 


		(i)	A
                                            reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term
                                            in Clause 14.1 (Tax Definitions);



 


		(ii)	“Basel
                                            III” means:



 


		(A)	the
                                            agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in
                                            “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”,
                                            “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring”
                                            and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer”
                                            published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended,
                                            supplemented or restated;



 


		(B)	the
                                            rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically
                                            important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement –
                                            Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011,
                                            as amended, supplemented or restated; and



 


		(C)	any
                                            further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating
                                            to “Basel III”.



 






    (80)


     


    

 


		(iii)	“CRD
                                            IV” means:



 


		(A)	Regulation
                                            (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential
                                            requirements for credit institutions and investment firms; and



 


		(B)	Directive
                                            2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to
                                            the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions
                                            and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and
                                            2006/49/EC.



 


		16.	Other
                                            Indemnities



 


		16.1	Currency
                                            Indemnity



 


		(a)	If
                                            any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or
                                            any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from
                                            the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into
                                            another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:



 


		(i)	making
                                            or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or



 


		(ii)	obtaining
                                            or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,



 


that
Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within five Business Days of demand indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due
against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate
of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available
to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.


 


		(b)	Each
                                            Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance
                                            Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.



 


		16.2	Other
                                            Indemnities



 


Holdco
shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will) within five Business Days of demand indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss
or liability incurred by it as a result of:


 


		(a)	the
                                            occurrence of any Event of Default;



 


		(b)	a
                                            failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including
                                            without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 30 (Sharing
                                            Among the Finance Parties);



 


		(c)	funding,
                                            or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by Holdco or a Borrower
                                            in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the
                                            provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance
                                            Party alone); or



 


		(d)	a
                                            Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given
                                            by a Borrower or Holdco.



 






    (81)


     


    

 


		16.3	Indemnity
                                            to the Agent



 


		(a)	Holdco
                                            shall promptly indemnify the Agent against:



 


		(i)	any
                                            cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:



 


		(A)	investigating
                                            any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;



 


		(B)	acting
                                            or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine,
                                            correct and appropriately authorised; or



 


		(C)	instructing
                                            lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as
                                            permitted under this Agreement; and



 


		(ii)	any
                                            cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s
                                            gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant
                                            to Clause 31.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems Etc), notwithstanding the Agent’s
                                            negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including
                                            any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents.



 


		17.	Mitigation
                                            by the Lenders



 


		17.1	Mitigation



 


		(a)	Each
                                            Finance Party shall, in consultation with Holdco, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any
                                            circumstances which arise and which would result in any Facility ceasing to be available
                                            or any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1
                                            (Illegality), Clause 14 (Taxes) or Clause 15 (Increased Costs)
                                            including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance
                                            Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.



 


		(b)	Paragraph (a) above
                                            does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.



 


		17.2	Limitation
                                            of Liability



 


		(a)	Holdco
                                            shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred
                                            by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 17.1 (Mitigation).



 


		(b)	A
                                            Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 17.1 (Mitigation)
                                            if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial
                                            to it.



 






    (82)


     


    

 


		18.	Costs
                                            and Expenses



 


		18.1	Transaction
                                            Expenses



 


Holdco
shall within ten Business Days of demand pay the Agent, the Arrangers and the Original Lenders the amount of all reasonable costs and
expenses including legal fees (pre-agreed by Holdco and subject to caps (if any)) properly incurred by any of them in relation to the
arrangement, negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of:


 


		(a)	this
                                            Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and



 


		(b)	any
                                            other Finance Document entered into after the date of this Agreement,



 


provided
that, any costs and expenses of any relevant Party which, when taken together with all other costs and expenses of a similar nature incurred
by that Party, are in excess of USD10,000 shall have been pre-agreed with Holdco.


 


		18.2	Amendment
                                            Costs



 


If
(a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 31.10 (Change
of Currency); or (c) any amendment or waiver is contemplated or agreed pursuant to Clause 37.3 (Changes to Reference
Rates)), Holdco shall, within 10 Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all third-party costs and expenses
(including, but not limited to, legal fees (subject to caps (if any))) properly incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating
or complying with or implementing that request, requirement or amendment or waiver (whether actual or contemplated).


 


		18.3	Enforcement
                                            costs



 


Holdco
shall, within 10 Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including, but not limited
to, legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of any rights under any Finance Document.


 






    (83)


     


    

 


Section 7

Guarantee


 


		19.	Guarantee
                                            and Indemnity



 


		19.1	Guarantee
                                            and Indemnity



 


Each
Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:


 


		(a)	guarantees
                                            to each Finance Party punctual performance by each other Obligor of all that Obligor’s
                                            obligations under the Finance Documents;



 


		(b)	undertakes
                                            with each Finance Party that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under
                                            or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay
                                            that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and



 


		(c)	agrees
                                            with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable,
                                            invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance
                                            Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of
                                            an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or
                                            illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would
                                            have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the
                                            amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 19 if the amount claimed had been
                                            recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.



 


		19.2	Continuing
                                            guarantee



 


This
guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents,
regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.


 


		19.3	Reinstatement



 


If
any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or
otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided
or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor
under this Clause 19 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.


 


		19.4	Waiver
                                            of Defences



 


The
obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 19 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this
Clause 19, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 19 (without limitation and whether or
not known to it or any Finance Party) including:


 


		(a)	any
                                            time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;



 


		(b)	the
                                            release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement
                                            with any creditor of any member of the Group;



 


		(c)	the
                                            taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to
                                            perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor
                                            or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement
                                            in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;



 






    (84)


     


    

 


		(d)	any
                                            incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in
                                            the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;



 


		(e)	any
                                            amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether
                                            or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security
                                            including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or increase
                                            in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document
                                            or security;



 


		(f)	any
                                            unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance
                                            Document or any other document or security; or



 


		(g)	any
                                            insolvency or similar proceedings.



 


		19.5	Guarantor
                                            intent



 


Without
prejudice to the generality of Clause 19.4 (Waiver of Defences), each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this
guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental and of whatsoever nature and whether or not more onerous) variation,
increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance
Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital;
enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness;
making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount
might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.


 


		19.6	Immediate
                                            Recourse



 


Each
Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against
or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 19.
This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.


 


		19.7	Appropriations



 


Until
all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid
in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:


 


		(a)	refrain
                                            from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that
                                            Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply
                                            and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts
                                            or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and



 


		(b)	hold
                                            in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account
                                            of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 19.



 






    (85)


     


    

 


		19.8	Deferral
                                            of Guarantors’ Rights



 


Until
all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid
in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it
of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 19:


 


		(a)	to
                                            be indemnified by an Obligor;



 


		(b)	to
                                            claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under
                                            the Finance Documents;



 


		(c)	to
                                            take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of
                                            any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or
                                            security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;



 


		(d)	to
                                            bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment,
                                            or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking
                                            or indemnity under Clause 19.1 (Guarantee and Indemnity);



 


		(e)	to
                                            exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or



 


		(f)	to
                                            claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.



 


If
a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution
to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection
with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent
or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment Mechanics).


 


		19.9	Release
                                            of Guarantors’ Right of Contribution



 


If
any Guarantor (a “Retiring Guarantor”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents
for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:


 


		(a)	that
                                            Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past,
                                            present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor
                                            arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the
                                            Finance Documents; and



 


		(b)	each
                                            other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations
                                            under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of
                                            subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document
                                            or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where
                                            such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.



 


		19.10	Additional
                                            Security



 


This
guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance
Party.


 






    (86)


     


    

 


Section 8

Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default


 


		20.	Representations
                                            and Warranties



 


Each
Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 20 to each Finance Party at the times specified in Clause 20.24
(Times when Representations made).


 


		20.1	Status



 


		(a)	Other
                                            than in relation to IHS Holding, it is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and
                                            existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of its incorporation.



 


		(b)	In
                                            the case of IHS Holding, it is:



 


		(i)	prior
                                            to a Permitted Re-domiciliation, a limited liability company, duly incorporated and existing
                                            under the laws of its jurisdiction of its incorporation; or



 


		(ii)	after
                                            a Permitted Re-domiciliation, an exempted company registered by way of continuation with
                                            limited liability, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.



 


		(c)	Each
                                            member of the Group is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing
                                            under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.



 


		(d)	It
                                            and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as
                                            it is being conducted.



 


		20.2	Binding
                                            Obligations



 


Subject
to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document to which it is a party are legal, valid,
binding and enforceable obligations.


 


		20.3	Non-Conflict
                                            with Other Obligations



 


The
entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party do not contravene:


 


		(a)	any
                                            law or regulation applicable to it;



 


		(b)	the
                                            constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or



 


		(c)	any
                                            agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any of its or any member
                                            of the Group’s assets, to an extent which has or would be reasonably expected to have
                                            a Material Adverse Effect.



 


		20.4	Power
                                            and Authority



 


It
has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery
of, each of the Finance Documents to which it is a party or will be a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated by those Finance
Documents.


 






    (87)


     


    

 


		20.5	Validity
                                            and Admissibility in Evidence



 


		(a)	All
                                            Authorisations required by it in order:



 


		(i)	to
                                            enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under
                                            the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and



 


		(ii)	to
                                            make the Finance Documents to which it is a party, subject to the Legal Reservations and
                                            the requirement to stamp the Finance Documents in Nigeria, admissible in evidence in the
                                            jurisdiction of its incorporation,



 


have
been obtained or effected and are, subject to the Legal Reservations, in full force and effect.


 


		(b)	All
                                            Authorisations necessary for the conduct of the ordinary course of ordinary course of trading
                                            or business of members of the Group have been obtained or effected and are in full force
                                            and effect if failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations would be reasonably expected
                                            to have a Material Adverse Effect.



 


		20.6	Governing
                                            Law and Enforcement



 


		(a)	Subject
                                            to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of the Finance Documents as expressed
                                            in such Finance Document will be recognised in its jurisdiction of incorporation.



 


		(b)	Subject
                                            to the Legal Reservations, any arbitral award or judgment obtained in relation to a Finance
                                            Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document will be recognised
                                            and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.



 


		20.7	Filing
                                            and Stamp Taxes



 


Under
the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any
court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation
to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except for:


 


		(a)	payment
                                            of stamp duty under the Stamp Duties Act, Chapter S8, Laws of the Federation of Nigeria 2004;
                                            and



 


		(b)	after
                                            a Permitted Re-domiciliation, any stamping, filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or
                                            fee payable in connection with any Finance Documents that is executed in or brought to the
                                            Cayman Islands or produced before a court in the Cayman Islands,



 


provided
that, for the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 20.7 shall not apply in respect of any stamp duty, registration or similar tax payable
in respect of any assignment or transfer pursuant to Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders).


 


		20.8	Deduction
                                            of Tax



 


It
is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document other than the
obligation of the Borrowers to deduct withholding tax on account of Nigerian withholding tax on interest from interest payments under
this Agreement (but for the avoidance of doubt, any amounts so withheld from interest payments shall be grossed up pursuant to Clause
14.2 (Tax Gross-Up)).


 






    (88)


     


    

 


		20.9	No
                                            Default



 


		(a)	No
                                            Event of Default has occurred (or, when this representation is made on the date of this Agreement
                                            and on the Closing Date only, no Default has occurred) and is continuing or is reasonably
                                            likely to result from the making of any Loan or the entry into or the performance of, or
                                            any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document.



 


		(b)	No
                                            other event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a default (howsoever described
                                            or defined) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any member
                                            of the Group or to which its (or any member of the Group’s) assets are subject which
                                            has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.



 


		20.10	No
                                            Misleading Information



 


Save
as disclosed in writing to the Agent or the Arrangers prior to the date of this Agreement (or, in relation to the Information Memorandum,
prior to the date the Information Memorandum is approved by Holdco):


 


		(a)	any
                                            written factual information provided by or on behalf of IHS Holding, Holdco or a Group member
                                            included in the Information Memorandum or contained in the Financial Plan was true and accurate
                                            in all material respects as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the
                                            information or (as the case may be) as at the date the information is expressed to be given;



 


		(b)	the
                                            Financial Plan has been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles, and the financial
                                            projections contained in the Financial Plan have been prepared on the basis of recent historical
                                            information, are fair and based on reasonable assumptions and have been approved by the chief
                                            financial officer or a director of Holdco;



 


		(c)	any
                                            financial projection or forecast contained in the Information Memorandum or the Financial
                                            Plan has been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of
                                            reasonable assumptions and was fair (as at the date of the relevant report or document containing
                                            the projection or forecast) and arrived at after careful consideration;



 


		(d)	the
                                            expressions of opinion or intention provided by or on behalf of an Obligor for the purposes
                                            of the Financial Plan or the Information Memorandum were made after careful consideration
                                            and (as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the expression of opinion
                                            or intention) were fair and based on reasonable grounds;



 


		(e)	to
                                            the best of its knowledge and belief, no event or circumstance has occurred or arisen and
                                            no information has been omitted from the Financial Plan or the Information Memorandum and
                                            no information has been given or withheld that results in the information, opinions, intentions,
                                            forecasts or projections contained in the Financial Plan or the Information Memorandum being
                                            untrue or misleading in any material respect; and



 


		(f)	all
                                            other written factual information provided by or on behalf of any member of the Group (including
                                            its advisers) to a Finance Party was true, complete and accurate in all material respects
                                            as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any respect.



 






    (89)


     


    

 



 


		20.11	Financial
                                            Statements



   


		(a)	The
                                            Annual Financial Statements (together with the notes thereto) most recently delivered pursuant
                                            to paragraph (a) of Clause 21.1 (Financial Statements):



 


		(i)	give
                                            a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries
                                            as at the date to which they were prepared and for the Financial Year then ended; and



 


		(ii)	were
                                            prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied.



 


		(b)	The
                                            financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 21.1
                                            (Financial Statements):



 


		(i)	fairly
                                            represent the consolidated financial position of INT Towers, IHS Nigeria and ITNG (as
                                            applicable) and their respective Subsidiaries as at the date to which they were prepared
                                            and for the Financial Year then ended; and



 


		(ii)	were
                                            prepared on a basis consistent with the Accounting Principles (to the extent appropriate
                                            in the context of such accounts).



 


		(c)	The
                                            Quarterly Financial Statements most recently delivered pursuant to paragraph (c) of
                                            Clause 21.1 (Financial Statements):



 


		(i)	fairly
                                            represent the consolidated financial position of IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries as at the
                                            date to which they were prepared and for the Financial Quarter to which they relate; and



 


		(ii)	were
                                            prepared on a basis consistent with the Accounting Principles (to the extent appropriate
                                            in the context of such accounts).



 


		(d)	The
                                            budgets supplied under Clause 21.4 (Budget) were arrived at after careful consideration
                                            and have been prepared in good faith and on the basis of recent historical information and
                                            on the basis of assumptions which were reasonable as at the date they were prepared and supplied.



 


		(e)	The
                                            financial statements (other than in relation to any pro forma calculations) delivered pursuant
                                            to Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent);



 


		(i)	give
                                            a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries
                                            as at the date to which they were prepared and for the relevant period (in respect of the
                                            audited financial statements) and fairly represent the consolidated financial position of
                                            the Group as at the date to which they were prepared and for the period to which they relate
                                            (in respect of other financial statements); and



 


		(ii)	were
                                            prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied.



 


		20.12	No
                                            Litigation



 


No litigation,
arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigation of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined,
would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect has been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made
due and careful enquiry)) threatened against it or any member of the Group.


 






    (90)


     


    

 


		20.13	No
                                            Breach of Laws



   


It has
not breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 


		20.14	Pari
                                            Passu Ranking



 


The payment
obligations of each Obligor under the Finance Documents rank and will at all times rank at least pari passu in right and priority
of payment with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness except indebtedness preferred by laws of general
application.


 


		20.15	Good
                                            Title



 


Save
for filings with respect to tower sites at the Land Registries in Nigeria, it and each member of the Group has good, valid and marketable
title to, or valid leases or licences of, or is otherwise entitled to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently
conducted, where failure to do so would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 


		20.16	Group
                                            Structure and Subsidiaries



 


The Group
Structure Chart delivered to the Agent pursuant to Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) is true and accurate in all
respects and shows the structure of the Group and Holdco’s direct and indirect shareholders up to and including IHS Holding, as
at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date (including following the transfer of the shares in the Holding Company of INT Towers),
in each case, other than any minimal nominal shareholdings required by law and ignoring any manifest error.


 


		20.17	Sanctions



 


		(a)	No
                                            member of the Group, nor any of its Subsidiaries, joint venture entities, directors, officers
                                            or employees nor, to the knowledge of it, any persons acting on its behalf:



 


		(i)	is
                                            a Restricted Party;



 


		(ii)	has
                                            received notice of, or is otherwise aware of, any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation
                                            against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority;



 


		(iii)	has
                                            been engaged in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding,
                                            or breaches or attempts to breach, directly or indirectly, any Sanctions; or



 


		(iv)	has
                                            been engaged, directly or indirectly, in any trade, business or other activities with or
                                            for the benefit of any Restricted Party or which is in breach of any Sanctions.



 


		(b)	Subject
                                            to paragraph (c) below, any provision of paragraph (a) shall not apply to any person
                                            or for the benefit of a Finance Party if and to the extent that giving, complying with or
                                            receiving the benefit of (as applicable) such representation results in a breach of any applicable
                                            Blocking Law.



 


		(c)	In
                                            relation to each Finance Party that notifies the Agent and Holdco to this effect, any provision
                                            of paragraph (a) that results in that Finance Party breaching any applicable Blocking
                                            Law will continue to apply for the benefit of that Finance Party notwithstanding such breach.



 






    (91)


     


    

 


		20.18	Anti-Bribery
                                            and Corruption Laws



  


		(a)	Holdco
                                            shall ensure that the Group will implement policies and procedures designed to promote and
                                            achieve compliance by it and its respective directors, officers and employees with Anti-Corruption
                                            Laws.



 


		(b)	To
                                            the best of its knowledge, it has conducted its businesses in compliance with Anti-Corruption
                                            Laws.



 


		20.19	Environmental
                                            Laws



 


		(a)	Each
                                            member of the Group is in compliance with Clause 23.22 (Environmental Compliance)
                                            and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) no circumstances
                                            have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which would
                                            be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.



 


		(b)	No
                                            Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having
                                            made due and careful enquiry)) is threatened against any member of the Group where that claim
                                            would be reasonably likely, if adversely determined, to have a Material Adverse Effect or
                                            a material adverse impact on the implementation or operation of the business of the Group
                                            in accordance with the Performance Standards.



 


		20.20	No
                                            Immunity



 


In any
proceedings taken in its jurisdiction of incorporation in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party, it will not be entitled
to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.


 


		20.21	Insolvency



 


No:


 


		(a)	corporate
                                            action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of
                                            Clause 24.7 (Insolvency Proceedings); or



 


		(b)	creditors’
                                            process described in Clause 24.8 (Creditors’ Process),



 


has been
taken or, to the knowledge of it (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened in relation to a member of the Group and none of the
circumstances described in Clause 24.6 (Insolvency) applies to a member of the Group.


 


		20.22	Tax
                                            Status



 


No notice
under Article 36 of the Tax Collection Act (Invorderingswet 1990) has been given by any member of the Group.


 


		20.23	Anti-Money
                                            Laundering



 


To the
best of its knowledge, it and each member of the Group has conducted its operations at all times in compliance with Money Laundering
Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving it
with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened.


 






    (92)


     


    

 


		20.24	Times
                                            when Representations made



  


		(a)	The
                                            representations and warranties in this Clause 20 shall be made on the date of this Agreement
                                            and the Closing Date, except that the representations and warranties set out in paragraphs
                                            (a) to (e) of Clause 20.10 (No Misleading Information) are made:



 


		(i)	with
                                            respect to the Information Memorandum, on the date the Information Memorandum is approved
                                            by Holdco and on the date it is released to the Arrangers for distribution for the purposes
                                            of syndication; and



 


		(ii)	with
                                            respect to the Financial Plan, on the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Repeating Representations shall be deemed to be made by each Obligor on the date of each
                                            Utilisation Request, on each Utilisation Date and on the first day of each Interest Period.



 


		(c)	The
                                            representations and warranties set out in paragraphs (a) to (e) in Clause 20.10
                                            (No Misleading Information) are deemed to be repeated, with respect to the Information
                                            Memorandum only, on the Syndication Date.



 


		(d)	The
                                            representations and warranties set out in Clause 20.11 (Financial Statements)
                                            in respect of each set of Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial
                                            Statements) shall only be made once in respect of each set of Financial Statements on
                                            the date such Financial Statements are delivered.



 


		(e)	All
                                            the representations and warranties in this Clause 20 except paragraph (a) of Clause
                                            20.9 (No Default), Clause 20.10 (No Misleading Information), paragraphs (d) and
                                            (e) of Clause 20.11 (Financial Statements) and Clause 20.16 (Group Structure
                                            and Subsidiaries) are deemed to be made by each Additional Guarantor on the day on which
                                            it becomes (or it is proposed that it becomes) an Additional Guarantor.



 


		(f)	Each
                                            representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed
                                            to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date the representation
                                            or warranty is deemed to be made.



 


		21.	Information
                                            Undertakings



 


The undertakings
in this Clause 21 shall continue for so long as any sum remains payable or capable of becoming payable under the Finance Documents
or any Commitment is in force.


 


		21.1	Financial
                                            Statements



 


IHS Holding
will deliver to the Agent for all of the Lenders:


 


		(a)	as
                                            soon as they are available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Financial
                                            Year, the audited consolidated financial statements of IHS Holding for that Financial Year,
                                            (the “Annual Financial Statements”);



 


		(b)	as
                                            soon as they are available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Financial
                                            Year, the consolidated financial statements of each of INT Towers, IHS Nigeria and ITNG
                                            for that Financial Year;



 


		(c)	as
                                            soon as they are available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each Financial
                                            Quarter (other than the last Financial Quarter ending on the last day of each Financial Year
                                            and starting from the Financial Quarter ending on 30 June 2021), the unaudited consolidated
                                            financial statements of IHS Holding for that Financial Quarter, (the “Quarterly
                                            Financial Statements”); and



 






    (93)


     


    

   


		(d)	as
                                            soon as they are available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each Financial
                                            Quarter (but in respect of the last Financial Quarter only, ending on the last day of each
                                            Financial Year, within 120 days of such Financial Quarter) management accounts of the Nigerian
                                            incorporated Subsidiaries of IHS Holding for that Financial Quarter, on a combined basis
                                            (the “Quarterly Management Accounts”).



 


		21.2	Provision
                                            and Contents of Compliance Certificate



 


		(a)	IHS
                                            Holding shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent with each set of the Annual Financial
                                            Statements and each set of the Quarterly Financial Statements and Quarterly Management Accounts,
                                            commencing with the Quarterly Financial Statements and Quarterly Management Accounts for
                                            the first Relevant Period ending immediately after the Closing Date.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Compliance Certificate shall:



 


		(i)	set
                                            out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with (to the extent tested for that
                                            Relevant Period) Clause 22 (Financial Covenants) including as a result of IHS
                                            Holding or Holdco exercising its rights under Clause 22.4 (Equity Cure);



 


		(ii)	set
                                            out (in reasonable detail) the Margin computations in relation to Facility A set out in the
                                            definition of “Margin”; and



 


		(iii)	confirm
                                            that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specify the Default and the
                                            steps being taken to remedy it).



 


		(c)	Each
                                            Compliance Certificate shall be signed by an officer of IHS Holding.



 


		21.3	Requirements
                                            as to Financial Statements



 


		(a)	IHS
                                            Holding shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial
                                            Statements includes a balance sheet, profit and loss account and cashflow statement. In addition, IHS
                                            Holding shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited by the
                                            Auditors.



 


		(b)	IHS
                                            Holding shall procure that each set of Quarterly Management Accounts includes a balance sheet,
                                            profit and loss account and cashflow statement.



 


		(c)	Each
                                            set of Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial Statements):



 


		(i)	shall
                                            be certified by an officer of IHS Holding as giving a true and fair view of (in the case
                                            of the Annual Financial Statements), or fairly representing (in the case of the Quarterly
                                            Financial Statements or Quarterly Management Accounts), the financial condition and operations
                                            of IHS Holding and/or the relevant member of the Group (as applicable), as at the date as
                                            at which those financial statements were drawn up; and



 






    (94)


     


    

 


		(ii)	shall
                                            be prepared using the Accounting Principles, accounting practices and financial reference
                                            periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Financial Plan, unless, in
                                            relation to any set of financial statements, IHS Holding notifies the Agent that there
                                            has been a change in the Accounting Principles or the accounting practices and IHS Holding
                                            delivers to the Agent:



   


		(A)	a
                                            description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the Accounting
                                            Principles or accounting practices upon which the Financial Plan was prepared; and



 


		(B)	sufficient
                                            information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable
                                            the Lenders to determine whether Clause 22 (Financial Covenants) has been complied
                                            with, to determine the Margin as set out in the definition of “Margin” and to
                                            make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements
                                            and the Financial Plan.



 


Any reference
in this Agreement to any financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect
the basis upon which the Financial Plan was prepared.


 


		(d)	Notwithstanding
                                            any other term of this Agreement, no Event of Default shall occur, or be deemed to occur,
                                            as a result of any restriction on the identity of the Auditors contained in this Agreement
                                            being prohibited, unlawful, ineffective, invalid or unenforceable pursuant to the Audit Laws.



 


		21.4	Budget



 


IHS Holding
shall supply to the Agent for all the Lenders as soon as the same become available, but in any event no later than the first Quarter
Date following the end of each of its Financial Years an annual Budget for the immediately following Financial Year.


 


		21.5	Other
                                            Information



 


Each
Obligor shall supply to the Agent:


 


		(a)	at
                                            the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents dispatched by Holdco or any
                                            Obligors to its creditors generally (or any class of them);



 


		(b)	promptly
                                            upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration, investigation or
                                            administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of
                                            the Group, and which, if adversely determined, are reasonably expected to have a Material
                                            Adverse Effect;



 


		(c)	promptly
                                            upon becoming aware of them, details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation
                                            against a member of the Group or its direct or indirect shareholder in respect to Sanctions;
                                            and



 


		(d)	such
                                            other information relating to the financial condition, assets or operation of the Borrower,
                                            as the Agent or any other Lender through the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.



 


		21.6	Notification
                                            of Default



 


		(a)	Each
                                            Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy
                                            it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligors is aware that a
                                            notification has already been provided by another Obligor).



 


		(b)	Promptly
                                            upon a request by the Agent, Holdco shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by one
                                            of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing
                                            (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken
                                            to remedy it).




 






    (95)


     


    

  


		21.7	Know
                                            Your Customer Checks



 


		(a)	If:



 


		(i)	the
                                            introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application
                                            of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;



 


		(ii)	any
                                            change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the direct or indirect shareholders
                                            of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or



 


		(iii)	a
                                            proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under
                                            this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,



 


obliges
the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your
customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it,
each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of (or, in the case of any entity
that is not a member of the Group or IHS Holding, use reasonable efforts to supply or procure the supply of), such documentation and
other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case
of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender
or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it
has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant
to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.


 


		(b)	Each
                                            Lender shall promptly, upon the request of the Agent, supply, or procure the supply of, such
                                            documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in
                                            order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know
                                            your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant
                                            to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.



 


		(c)	Holdco
                                            shall, by not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify
                                            the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that an entity
                                            becomes an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Additional Guarantors).



 


		(d)	Following
                                            the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (a) above, if the accession of such Additional
                                            Guarantor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer”
                                            or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is
                                            not already available to it, Holdco shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender
                                            supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably
                                            requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself
                                            or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any
                                            prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know
                                            your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant
                                            to the accession of such entity to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor.



 






    (96)


     


    

 


		22.	Financial
                                            Covenants



   


		22.1	Financial
                                            Definitions



 


In this
Agreement:


 


“Bond
Transaction Costs” means all fees, commissions, costs and expenses, stamp, registration and other Taxes incurred by IHS Holding
or any of its Affiliates (including any Subsidiary of IHS Holding) in connection with the Bonds.


 


“Cash
Bond Coupon” means the total cash Finance Costs of IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries paid in any Relevant Period under the Bonds
(excluding Bond Transaction Costs).


 


“EBITDA”
means, in respect of any period for any person, the Net Income for such period, excluding:


 


		(a)	total
                                            Finance Costs;



 


		(b)	total
                                            Finance Income;



 


		(c)	total
                                            income tax (expense)/benefit as stated in the statement of profit or loss for the period;



 


		(d)	all
                                            depreciation and amortisation expense of that person for such period;



 


		(e)	any
                                            gains or losses from sales of assets other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of
                                            the business;



 


		(f)	any
                                            impairment of property, plant and equipment and prepaid land rent, or WHT receivable;



 


		(g)	any
                                            Exceptional Items;



 


		(h)	share-based
                                            payment transactions;



 


		(i)	any
                                            net gain or loss from the receipt of any insurance proceeds;



 


		(j)	and
                                            other non-operating income and expenses; and



 


		(k)	minority
                                            interest income and expenses,



 


in each
case, to the extent added, deducted or taken into account, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining the Net Income.


 


“Exceptional
Items” means items of income and expense of that are sufficiently large and unusual due to the significance of their nature,
size or incidence of occurrence as to distort comparisons from one period to the next (including, without limitation, any Transaction
Costs that are sufficiently large and unusual due to the significance of their nature, size or incidence of occurrence as to distort
comparisons from one period to the next).


 


“Finance
Costs” means finance costs as presented in the Financial Statements as determined in accordance with the Accounting Principles.


 


“Finance
Income” means finance income as presented in the Financial Statements as determined in accordance with the Accounting Principles.


 






    (97)


     


    

 


“Interest
Coverage Ratio” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the ratio of EBITDA for IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries in respect
of that Relevant Period to Net Cash Finance Interest Adjusted For Leases in respect of that Relevant Period.


 


“Leverage
Ratio” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the ratio of Net Financial Indebtedness on the last day of that Relevant Period
to EBITDA for IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries in respect of that Relevant Period.


 


“Net
Cash Finance Interest Adjusted For Leases” means, for any period:


 


		(a)	the
                                            total cash interest or finance costs paid on Financial Indebtedness of IHS Holding and its
                                            Subsidiaries (excluding the Transaction Costs), as presented in the cash flow statements
                                            from the most recent Financial Statements, as determined in accordance with the Accounting
                                            Principles; plus



 


		(b)	without
                                            duplication the interest expense on the Lease obligations of IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries
                                            for such period; less



 


		(c)	the
                                            total cash finance income received by IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries as presented in the
                                            cash flow statements from the most recent Financial Statements resulting from investments
                                            and bank deposits in that period.



 


“Net
Financial Indebtedness” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the Financial Indebtedness of IHS Holding and its Subsidiaries
on the last day of that Relevant Period (other than Financial Indebtedness (a) arising under any New Shareholder Loan or New IHS
Shareholder Loan and (b) in respect of hedging agreements or other treasury transactions, in each case to the extent permitted by
the terms of this Agreement, except for any crystallised exposures under such hedging agreements or treasury transactions or Financial
Indebtedness arising in respect of any terminated hedging agreements or other treasury transactions) less the aggregate amount of Cash
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, any cash provided as margin in connection with any terminated hedging agreement or other treasury
transaction which has not been applied in paying any relevant termination payment) and Cash Equivalent Investments held by IHS Holding
and its Subsidiaries during that Relevant Period.


 


“Net
Income” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, stated as the ‘Profit/(loss)’ for the period in the statement
of profit or loss in the Financial Statements as determined in accordance with the Accounting Principles.


 


“Relevant
Period” means each period of 12 Months ending on or about the last day of the Financial Year and each period of 12 Months
ending on or about the last day of each Financial Quarter.


 


		22.2	Financial
                                            Condition



 


IHS Holding
shall ensure that:


 


		(a)	Leverage
                                            Ratio: The Leverage Ratio in respect of any Relevant Period, following the Relevant Period
                                            ending on 30 June 2021, shall not be greater than 4.0x.



 


		(b)	Interest
                                            Coverage Ratio: The Interest Coverage Ratio in respect of any Relevant Period, following
                                            the Relevant Period ending on 30 June 2021, shall not be less than 2.75x.



 






    (98)


     


    

 


		22.3	Financial
                                            Testing



  


		(a)	The
                                            financial covenants set out in Clause 22.2 (Financial Condition) shall be calculated
                                            in accordance with the Accounting Principles and tested by reference to appropriate set of
                                            Annual Financial Statements, Quarterly Financial Statements and/or each Compliance Certificate
                                            delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 (Provision and Contents of Compliance Certificate).



 


		(b)	For
                                            the purpose of calculating the financial covenants set out in Clause 22.2 (Financial
                                            Condition) for each of the Relevant Periods ending on a date which is less than 12 months
                                            after the date of completion of any Permitted Acquisition (or any acquisition that is permitted
                                            under the IHS Holding Facility) in relation to a person that becomes a Subsidiary of IHS
                                            Holding, EBITDA and Net Cash Finance Interest Adjusted for Leases in relation to that person
                                            acquired pursuant to such Permitted Acquisition shall be included for each full Relevant
                                            Period, annualised on a straight line basis.



 


		(c)	No
                                            item shall be taken into account more than once in any calculation.



 


		22.4	Equity
                                            Cure



 


		(a)	If,
                                            in the event of a breach (or in anticipation of a breach) of paragraph (a) (Leverage
                                            Ratio) or paragraph (b) (Interest Coverage Ratio) of Clause 22.2
                                            (Financial Condition), IHS Holding receives the proceeds of New Shareholder Injections
                                            or New IHS Shareholder Loans (such proceeds an “Additional Investment”)
                                            at any time prior to the date falling 20 Business Days after the final date for delivery
                                            of the Compliance Certificate in relation to such Relevant Period in respect of which such
                                            breach has occurred (or is believed will occur) the Leverage Ratio and Interest Coverage
                                            Ratio shall be recalculated as follows:



 


		(i)	for
                                            the calculation of Leverage Ratio, Net Financial Indebtedness as at the last day of such
                                            Relevant Period shall be deemed to have been reduced by the entire amount of the Additional
                                            Investment; and



 


		(ii)	for
                                            the calculation of Interest Coverage Ratio, the total amount of Financial Indebtedness on
                                            which Net Cash Finance Interest Adjusted For Leases is calculated in respect of the Relevant
                                            Period shall be deemed to have been reduced by the entire amount of the Additional Investment,



 


with such
adjustments under paragraph (i) or (ii) above also to apply for the Relevant Periods falling on the next three Quarter Dates
provided that at the relevant time the Additional Investment has not already been applied for any other purpose and remains unspent
and not committed to be spent in any manner.


 


		(b)	If,
                                            after giving effect to the adjustments referred to in paragraph (a) above, the
                                            requirements of paragraphs (a) (Leverage Ratio) and (b) (Interest Coverage
                                            Ratio) of Clause 22.2 (Financial Condition) are met, the requirements of
                                            paragraphs (a) (Leverage Ratio) and (b) (Interest Coverage Ratio)
                                            of Clause 22.2 (Financial Condition) shall be deemed to have been satisfied as
                                            at the relevant original date of determination for the purposes of the Finance Documents.



 


		(c)	The
                                            relevant Additional Investment shall be applied solely for the purpose of ascertaining compliance
                                            with paragraphs (a) (Leverage Ratio) and (b) (Interest Coverage Ratio)
                                            of Clause 22.2 (Financial Condition) and for no other reason.



 


		(d)	The
                                            rights of IHS Holding under paragraph (a) above cannot be exercised more than four
                                            times during the life of the Facilities and, where IHS Holding exercises its rights under
                                            paragraph (a) above (a “Cure”), it shall not be permitted to
                                            exercise its rights under paragraph (a) above again during the six Months or in respect
                                            of the next two Quarter Dates following the date of exercise of a Cure.



 






    (99)


     


    

  



 


		(e)	If the amount of the Additional Investment is greater than the amount required to cure the relevant breach
(the “Over-cure Amount”), IHS Holding may elect to apply such Additional Investment towards curing any subsequent
breach of paragraphs (a) (Leverage Ratio) and (b) (Interest Coverage Ratio) of Clause 22.2 (Financial
Condition) (as applicable), and such aggregate applications shall together be deemed to be one exercise of IHS Holding’s rights
under paragraph (a) above, provided that such Over-cure Amount has not already been applied for any other purpose and
remains unspent and not committed to be spent in any manner.



 


		(f)	For the six Month period commencing on the later of the date an Additional Investment is made and the
date any Over-cure Amount is applied in accordance with this Clause 22.4, no member of the Group shall make any Permitted Payment,
except a Permitted Payment described in paragraphs (g) or (solely where the relevant Over-cure Amount or Additional Investment is
not funded from the proceeds of such Qualifying IPO) (h) of the definition of “Permitted Payment”.



 


		(g)	If a financial covenant set out in Clause 22.2 (Financial Condition) has been breached, but
is complied with when tested in the next Relevant Period (the “Second Period”), then, such breach of the financial
covenant(s) or any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to be no longer be outstanding or continuing for the purposes
of the Finance Documents, unless the Agent has taken any action referred to in Clause 24.21 (Acceleration) before delivery of the
Compliance Certificate in respect of the Second Period.



 


		23.	General Undertakings



 


The undertakings in this Clause 23
remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment
is in force.


 


		23.1	Authorisations and Consents



 


Each Obligor shall promptly obtain,
comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Authorisations required under any law or regulation
of its jurisdiction of incorporation to:


 


		(a)	enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents;



 


		(b)	subject to the Legal Reservations, ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence
of any Finance Documents; and



 


		(c)	carry on its business save to the extent failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.



 






    (100)


     


    

 


		23.2	Compliance with Laws



 


Each Obligor shall (and shall ensure
that each member of the Group will) comply with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, if failure to comply has or is reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 


		23.3	Merger



  


No Obligor shall (and shall ensure that
no other member of the Group will) enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction other than
a Permitted Reorganisation.


 


		23.4	Change of Business



 


Each Obligor shall procure that no substantial
change is made to the general nature of the business of the Obligors or the Group taken as a whole from that carried on by each Obligor
or the Group (as applicable) at the date of this Agreement or engage directly or indirectly in any business related to any Prohibited
Activity.


 


		23.5	Acquisitions



 


		(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and shall ensure that no other
member of the Group will):



 


		(i)	acquire a company or any shares or securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest
in any of them); or



 


		(ii)	incorporate a company.



 


		(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to an acquisition of a company, of shares, securities or
a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them) or the incorporation of a company which is:



 


		(i)	a Permitted Acquisition; or



 


		(ii)	a Permitted Transaction.



 


		23.6	Joint Ventures



 


		(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and shall ensure that no other
member of the Group will) enter into, invest in or acquire any Joint Venture.



 


		(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to, or in relation to, a Permitted Acquisition, a Permitted Transaction,
a Permitted Loan, a Permitted Disposal or a Permitted Joint Venture.



 






    (101)


     


    

 


		23.7	Preservation of Assets



 


Each Obligor shall (and shall ensure
that each other member of the Group will) maintain in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its assets
necessary in the conduct of its business where failure to do so would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 


		23.8	Taxes



 


		(a)	Each Obligor shall (and shall ensure that each member of the Group will) pay and discharge all Taxes imposed
upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:



 


		(i)	such payment is being contested in good faith;



 


		(ii)	adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes; and



 


		(iii)	such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes would not be reasonably likely to
have a Material Adverse Effect.



 





		(b)	No member of the Group may change its residence for Tax purposes from its jurisdiction of incorporation
or, following a Permitted Re-domiciliation, the UK, the Cayman Islands or any other jurisdiction applicable under such Permitted Re-domiciliation.



 


		23.9	Negative Pledge



 


In this Clause 23.9, “Quasi-Security”
means an arrangement or transaction described in paragraph (b) below.


 


		(a)	No Obligor shall (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist
any Security over any of its assets.



 


		(b)	No Obligor shall (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):



 


		(i)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to
or re-acquired by an Obligor;



 


		(ii)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;



 


		(iii)	enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied,
set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or



 


		(iv)	enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,



 


in circumstances where the arrangement
or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.


 


		(c)	Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Security or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security,
which is:



 


		(i)	a Permitted Security; or



 


		(ii)	a Permitted Transaction.



 






    (102)


     


    

 


		23.10	Disposals



 


		(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and shall ensure that no other
member of the Group will) enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or
involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.



 


		(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which is:



 


		(i)	a Permitted Disposal; or



 


		(ii)	a Permitted Transaction.



 


		23.11	Arm’s Length Basis



 


		(a)	Except as permitted by paragraph (b) below and subject to paragraph (c) below, no Obligor
shall (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) enter into any transaction with any non-Obligor except on arm’s
length terms.



 


		(b)	The following transactions shall not be a breach of this Clause 23.11:



 








		(i)	any Permitted Payments;



 


		(ii)	any Transaction Costs;



 


		(iii)	any Permitted Loan made to an employee or director of any Group member or under paragraph (g) of
the definition of “Permitted Loan”; and



 


		(iv)	any transaction which is no less favourable to the relevant Group member than a transaction on arm’s
length terms.



 


		(c)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to IHS Holding or Holdco.



 


		23.12	Loans or Credit



 


		(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and shall ensure that no other
member of the Group will) be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness.



 


		(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:



 


		(i)	a Permitted Loan; or



 


		(ii)	a Permitted Transaction.



 


		23.13	No Guarantees or Indemnities



 


		(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and shall ensure that no other
member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person.



 


		(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to a guarantee which is:



 


		(i)	a Permitted Guarantee; or



 


		(ii)	a Permitted Transaction.



 






    (103)


     


    

 


		23.14	Dividends and Share Redemption



 


		(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, Holdco shall not (and shall ensure that no Group
member will):



 


		(i)	declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend,
charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital),
other than to Holdco or another Obligor;



 


		(ii)	repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve other than to Holdco or another Obligor;



 


		(iii)	pay or allow any member of the Group to pay any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of
any direct or indirect shareholder of Holdco or its Affiliate (other than an Obligor);



 


		(iv)	make a loan or make any payment of interest or principal under any loan or make any other payment to any
direct or indirect shareholder of Holdco or such shareholder’s Affiliate (other than an Obligor); or



 


		(v)	redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so.



 








		(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to a Permitted Payment.



 


		23.15	Financial Indebtedness



 


		(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and shall ensure that no other
member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.



 


		(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness which is:



 


		(i)	Permitted Financial Indebtedness; or



 


		(ii)	a Permitted Transaction.



 


		23.16	Treasury Transactions



 


No Obligor shall (and shall ensure that
no other member of the Group will) enter into any Treasury Transaction, other than:


 


		(a)	spot and forward delivery foreign exchange contracts entered into in the ordinary course of trading or
business and not for speculative purposes; and



 


		(b)	any Treasury Transaction entered into for the hedging of actual or projected real exposures arising in
the ordinary course of trading activities of a member of the Group and not for speculative purposes (including but not limited to diesel
hedging).



 


		23.17	Sanctions



 


		(a)	No Obligor shall (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will (and IHS Holding shall ensure
that none of its Subsidiaries will)) (and no Obligor shall knowingly permit or authorise any other person to):



 


		(i)	directly or indirectly, use, lend, make payments of, contribute or otherwise make available, all or any
part of the proceeds of any Loan or other transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement to finance any trade, business or other activities:



 


		(A)	involving, or for the benefit of, any Restricted Party; or



 


		(B)	in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in an Obligor or any Finance Party being
in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to either of them) or becoming a Restricted Party;



 


		(ii)	engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or breaches
or attempts to breach, directly or indirectly, any Sanctions; or



 


		(iii)	fund all or part of any payment in connection with a Finance Document out of proceeds derived from any
action which is in breach of any Sanctions.



 


		(b)	Each Obligor shall ensure that appropriate controls and safeguards are put in place designed to prevent
any action being taken that would be contrary to paragraph (a) above.



 


		(c)	Subject to paragraph (d) below, this Clause 23.17 shall not apply to any person or for the benefit
of any Finance Party if and to the extent that giving, complying with or receiving the benefit of (as applicable) such undertaking results
in any breach of any applicable Blocking Law.






 


		(d)	In relation to each Finance Party that notifies the Agent and Holdco to this effect, any provision of
paragraph (a) or (b) above that results in that Finance Party breaching any applicable Blocking Law will continue to apply for
the benefit of that Finance Party notwithstanding such breach.



 






    (104)


     


    

 


		23.18	Anti-Bribery and Corruption and Anti-Money Laundering



 


		(a)	Each Obligor shall (and shall ensure that each other member of the Group will (and IHS Holding shall ensure
that each of its Subsidiaries will)) conduct its business in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and Money Laundering Laws.



 


		(b)	No Obligor shall (and shall procure that no other member of the Group will, and IHS Holding shall procure
that none of its Subsidiaries will), along with its respective directors, officers and employees, directly, or indirectly, use all or
any of the proceeds of any Facility for any purpose which would breach Anti-Corruption Laws or Money Laundering Laws.



 


		23.19	Pari Passu Ranking



 


Each Obligor shall ensure that at all
times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu
with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred
by laws of general application to companies.


 


		23.20	Insurance



 


		(a)	Each Obligor (other than IHS Holding) shall (and shall ensure that each member of the Group will) maintain
insurances in respect of its material assets and business of an insurable nature with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters
which:



 


		(i)	provide cover against risks which are normally insured against by other companies in the relevant jurisdiction
owning, possessing or leasing similar assets and carrying on similar businesses; and



 


		(ii)	are at levels usual for a business of its size and nature as may be reasonably available in the insurance
market.



 


		23.21	Intellectual Property



 


Each Obligor (other than IHS Holding)
shall (and shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):


 


		(a)	preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property necessary for the business
of the relevant Group member;



 


		(b)	use reasonable endeavours to prevent any infringement in any material respect of the Intellectual Property
necessary for the business of the relevant Group member;



 


		(c)	make registrations and pay all registration fees and taxes necessary to maintain the Intellectual Property
which is required to conduct the business of the relevant Group member in full force and effect and record its interest in that Intellectual
Property;



 


		(d)	not use or permit the Intellectual Property necessary for the business of the relevant Group member to
be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely
affect the existence or value of the Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any member of the Group to use such property,



 





where failure to do so, in the case
of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, or, in the case of paragraphs (c) and (d) above, where such use, permission to use,
omission or discontinuation, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect..


 


		23.22	Environmental Compliance



 


Each Obligor shall (and shall ensure
that each other member of the Group will) comply with all Environmental Law and the applicable requirements of the Performance Standards
where failure to do so would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 






    (105)


     


    

 


		23.23	Subordination



 


Each Obligor shall ensure that all loans
made by IHS Holding (or any of its Affiliates) to a member of the Group are at all times Subordinated Shareholder Loans.


 


		23.24	Auditors



 


The Auditors shall be an internationally
recognised independent public accounting firm.


 


		23.25	Constitutional Documents



 


		(a)	Subject to paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group
will) amend its constitutional documents, except:



 


		(i)	in a manner which would not be reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the interests of
the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents; or



 


		(ii)	with the consent of the Agent (acting on instructions of the Majority Lenders).



 


		(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to IHS Holding.



 


		23.26	Access



 


If an Event of Default is continuing
or the Agent reasonably suspects an Event of Default is continuing or may occur, Holdco shall (not more than once in every Financial Year
unless the Agent reasonably suspects an Event of Default is continuing or may occur) permit the Agent and/or accountants or other professional
advisers and contractors of the Agent free access at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice at the risk and cost of Holdco to (a) the
premises, assets, books, accounts and records of each member of the Group and (b) meet and discuss matters with the senior management
of Holdco.


 


		23.27	Prohibited Activities



 


No Obligor shall (and shall ensure that
no other member of the Group will) engage in (and shall not authorise or permit any Affiliate or any other person acting on its behalf
to engage in) with respect to its operations or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, any Prohibited Activity.


 


		23.28	Excluded Subsidiaries



 








Holdco shall ensure that, the Excluded
Subsidiaries do not acquire or own, legally or beneficially, any assets in excess of USD25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency
or currencies) in aggregate, incur any Financial Indebtedness or other liabilities and otherwise are not parties to any transactions and
do not trade at any time.


 


		23.29	Guarantors



 


Holdco shall procure that:


 


		(a)	each member of the Group as at the date of this Agreement and each member of the Group as at the Closing
Date is a Guarantor;



 


		(b)	each person that becomes a member of the Group after the Closing Date shall, as soon as possible after
becoming a member of the Group and in any event within twenty Business Days after becoming a member of the Group, become an Additional
Guarantor.



 






    (106)


     


    

 


		23.30	Conditions Subsequent



 


		(a)	By no later than five Business Days after each Utilisation in respect of Facility A, each Borrower shall
deliver to the Agent the relevant Certificate of Capital Importation(s) in the name of the Lenders, and any other documentation or
evidence required under applicable law for the purposes of the Borrower remitting funds in USD for the discharge of all payment obligations
of the Borrower in USD, as contemplated by this Agreement.



 


		(b)	Holdco shall ensure that:



 


		(i)	the INT Towers Facility and IHS Nigeria Facility are repaid in full (together with interest, break costs,
costs and expenses and any other amounts due) on the first Utilisation Date;



 


		(ii)	all confirmations, release deeds, notices and other documents referred to in the pay-off letters delivered
under Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent) entered into in connection with the refinancing of the INT Towers Facility and
IHS Nigeria Facility are released and delivered within two Business Days after the first Utilisation Date;



 


		(iii)	each of the Nigerian law release deeds referred to in the pay-off letters entered into in connection with
the refinancing of the INT Towers Facility and IHS Nigeria Facility have been stamped within Nigeria and registered with the Nigerian
Corporate Affairs Commission within 90 days after the first Utilisation Date;



 


		(iv)	no later than the first Utilisation Date, the Agent is provided with a copy of a certificate of an authorised
signatory of Holdco addressed to the trustee (the “Trustee”) of the outstanding 9.50% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Existing
Notes”):



 


		(A)	confirming that Holdco has irrevocably deposited a sum as will be sufficient (the “Redemption
Funds”), without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on all of the outstanding
Existing Notes with the Trustee or its agent; and



 


		(B)	irrevocably instructing the Trustee to apply the Redemption Funds towards payment in full of all the outstanding
Existing Notes, with payment to occur on or before the applicable redemption date in October 2019;



 





		(v)	on the date falling one Business Day after the first Utilisation Date, the Agent is provided with an acknowledgement
of satisfaction and discharge of the Existing Notes indenture signed by the Trustee (in each case, as defined in paragraph (iii) above);



 


		(vi)	completion of the INT Transfer occurs no later than the first Utilisation Date, and shall provide evidence
thereof:



 


		(A)	in the form of a copy of the executed INT Transfer Deed, to the Agent no later than one Business Day after
the first Utilisation Date; and



 


		(B)	a copy of the commercial register of Nigeria Tower Interco B.V. showing Holdco as the sole shareholder
of Nigeria Tower Interco B.V.), to the Agent no later than two Business Days after the first Utilisation Date.



 


		(c)	Upon a Default that is continuing, Holdco shall, within five Business Days following the request of the
Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) provide evidence to the Agent that the Finance Documents have been stamped
in Nigeria.



 






    (107)


     


    

 


		24.	Events
                                            of Default



 


Each
of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 24 (other than Clause 24.20 (Acceleration)) constitutes an Event of
Default.


 


		24.1	Non-Payment



 


An Obligor
does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed
to be payable unless its failure to pay is caused by:


 


		(a)	administrative
                                            or technical error; or



 


		(b)	a
                                            Disruption Event,



 


and payment
is made within five Business Days of its due date.


 


		24.2	Financial
                                            Covenants



 


Any requirement
of Clause 22 (Financial Covenants) is not satisfied, subject to Clause 22.4 (Equity Cure).


 


		24.3	Other
                                            Obligations



 


		(a)	An
                                            Obligor does not comply with any of its obligations under the Finance Documents (other than
                                            those referred to in Clause 24.1 (Non-Payment), Clause 24.2 (Financial
                                            Covenants) or as a result of a Sanctions Event).



 


		(b)	No
                                            Event of Default will occur under paragraph (a) above if such failure to comply
                                            is capable of remedy and is remedied within 20 Business Days from the earlier of (i) an
                                            Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply and (ii) the giving of notice by the
                                            Agent to Holdco in respect of such failure.



 








		24.4	Misrepresentation



 


		(a)	Any
                                            representation or written statement made or deemed to be made by any Obligor in any of the
                                            Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or
                                            in connection with any of the Finance Documents (other than under or in connection with a
                                            Sanctions Event), is or proves to be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when
                                            made or deemed to be made.



 


		(b)	No
                                            Event of Default will occur under paragraph (a) above if the failure to comply
                                            or the circumstances giving rise to that misrepresentation are capable of remedy and are
                                            remedied within 20 Business Days from the earlier of (i) an Obligor becoming aware of
                                            such misrepresentation and (ii) the giving of notice by the Agent to Holdco in respect
                                            of such misrepresentation.



 






    (108)


     


    

 


		24.5	Cross-Default



 


		(a)	Any
                                            Financial Indebtedness of IHS Holding or any member of the Group is not paid when due (after
                                            the expiry of any originally applicable grace period).



 


		(b)	Any
                                            Financial Indebtedness of IHS Holding or any member of the Group (excluding any Financial
                                            Indebtedness falling with paragraph (j) of that definition when the underlying obligation
                                            is in respect of IHS Holding or any member of the Group) is declared to be or otherwise becomes
                                            due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however
                                            described or defined).



 


		(c)	Any
                                            creditor or other representative of IHS Holding or any member of the Group (excluding any
                                            Financial Indebtedness falling with paragraph (j) of that definition when the underlying
                                            obligation is in respect of IHS Holding or any member of the Group) becomes entitled to declare
                                            any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified
                                            maturity as a result of an event of default (however described or defined).



 


		(d)	No
                                            Event of Default will occur under paragraphs (a) to (c) above if the aggregate
                                            amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (c) above
                                            is less than USD75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).



 


		24.6	Insolvency



 


		(a)	A
                                            member of the Group:



 


		(i)	is
                                            unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;



 


		(ii)	suspends
                                            or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or



 


		(iii)	by
                                            reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or
                                            more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to
                                            rescheduling any of its indebtedness.



 


		(b)	A
                                            moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of a member of the Group. If a moratorium
                                            occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that
                                            moratorium.



 






    (109)


     


    

 



 


	24.7	Insolvency
                                            Proceedings



 


		(a)	Any
                                            corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:



 


		(i)	the
                                            suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration
                                            or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of
                                            any member of the Group;



 


		(ii)	a
                                            composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the
                                            Group;



 


		(iii)	the
                                            appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory
                                            manager or other similar officer in respect any member of the Group or its assets; or



 


		(iv)	enforcement
                                            of any Security over any assets of any member of the Group,



 


or any
analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.


 


		(b)	This
                                            Clause 24.7 shall not apply to:



 


		(i)	any
                                            winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed
                                            within 40 Business Days of commencement; or



 


		(ii)	any
                                            step or procedure which is contemplated in paragraph (d) of the definition of “Permitted
                                            Transaction” or which is a Permitted Reorganisation.



 


	24.8	Insolvency
                                            of IHS Holding



 


		(a)	IHS
                                            Holding:



 


		(i)	commences
                                            a voluntary case under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or any other case to be adjudicated
                                            bankrupt or insolvent, or files for or has been granted a moratorium on payment of its debts,
                                            or files for bankruptcy or is declared bankrupt;



 


		(ii)	consents
                                            to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or to the commencement
                                            of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it;



 


		(iii)	consents
                                            to the appointment of, or taking possession by, an administrator, custodian, receiver, liquidator,
                                            trustee, sequestrator or similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;



 


		(iv)	admits
                                            in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or



 


		(v)	files
                                            a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization for relief (other than a solvent reorganization
                                            for purposes of transferring assets with its Subsidiaries).



 


		(b)	A
                                            court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:



 


		(i)	is
                                            for relief against IHS Holding;



 






    (110)


     


    

 


		(ii)	adjudging
                                            IHS Holding bankrupt or insolvency, or seeking moratorium, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment
                                            or composition of or in respect of IHS Holding;



 


		(iii)	appoints
                                            a custodian or administrator of IHS Holding or for all or substantially all of the property
                                            of IHS Holding; or



 


		(iv)	orders
                                            the liquidation of IHS Holding;



 


and
the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.


 


		(c)	For
                                            the purposes of this Clause 24.8:



 


“Bankruptcy
Law” means (1) Title 11 of the U.S. Code or (2) any other law of the United States (or any political subdivision
thereof), the Federal Republic of Nigeria (or any political subdivision thereof), the Netherlands (or any political subdivision thereof),
or the laws of any other jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding
up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors as may be amended from time to time.


 


	24.9	Creditors’
                                            Process



 


Any expropriation,
attachment, sequestration, distress or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects any asset or assets of a member
of the Group having an aggregate value of at least USD100,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) and is not discharged within
40 Business Days, save that no Event of Default will occur if such assets are limited to cash in bank accounts (and such cash shall not
be treated as “Cash” for any purpose) and such process would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 


	24.10	Failure
                                            to Comply with Court Judgment or Arbitral Award



 


Any
member of the Group fails to comply with or pay by the required time any sum due from it under any
final judgment or any final order made or given by a court or arbitral tribunal or other arbitral body, in each case of competent jurisdiction,
having a value of at least USD50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies).


 


	24.11	Invalidity
                                            and Unlawfulness



 


		(a)	It
                                            is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its material obligations under any
                                            of the Finance Documents or any subordination under the Subordination Agreement is or becomes
                                            unlawful.



 


		(b)	Any
                                            obligation or obligations of any Obligor or another party (other than a Finance Party) under
                                            any Finance Document are not or cease to be (subject to the Legal Reservations) legal, valid,
                                            binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely
                                            affects the interests of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.



 


		(c)	Subject
                                            to the Legal Reservations, any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or
                                            any subordination created under the Subordination Agreement ceases to be legal, valid, binding,
                                            enforceable or effective or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be
                                            ineffective.



 


	24.12	Expropriation



 


All or
part of the assets of any member of the Group are seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by, or by the order of,
any agency of any state (or any analogous process by relevant authorities in any jurisdiction) and such action would be reasonably likely
to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 






    (111)


     


    

 


	24.13	Cessation
                                            of Business



 


IHS Holding
or any member of the Group suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its
business other than as a result of a Permitted Reorganisation, Permitted Transaction or a Permitted Disposal.


 


	24.14	Auditor’s
                                            Qualification



 


The Auditors
qualify their report on the Annual Financial Statements:


 


		(a)	on
                                            the grounds that the Auditors are unable to prepare those financial statements on a going
                                            concern basis (other than where such qualification arises solely because of a potential breach
                                            of the financial covenants in Clause 22 (Financial Covenants)); or



 


		(b)	where
                                            that qualification relates to issues which could reasonably be expected to be (individually
                                            or cumulatively) materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties under the Finance
                                            Documents; or



 


		(c)	by
                                            reason of failure to disclose material information or materially inaccurate disclosure.



 


	24.15	Repudiation
                                            and Rescission of Agreements



 


A party
(other than a Finance Party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document to which it is
a party.


 


	24.16	Litigation



 


Any litigation,
arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened against
any member of the Group in relation to any Finance Document which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and, if adversely determined,
would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 


	24.17	Material
                                            Adverse Change



 


At any
time after the date of this Agreement any event or circumstance occurs which has or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect.


 


	24.18	Subordination
                                            Agreement



 


		(a)	Any
                                            party to the Subordination Agreement (other than a member of the Group or a Finance Party)
                                            does not comply with any of its obligations under the Subordination Agreement. No Event of
                                            Default will occur under this paragraph (a) if such failure to comply is capable
                                            of remedy and is remedied within 20 Business Days from the earlier of (i) a Subordinated
                                            Creditor (as defined in the Subordination Agreement) or an Obligor becoming aware of the
                                            failure to comply and (ii) the giving of notice by the Agent to Holdco in respect of
                                            such failure.



 


		(b)	Any
                                            representation or written statement made or deemed to be made by any party to the Subordination
                                            Agreement (other than a member of the Group or a Finance Party) in the Subordination Agreement
                                            or any other document delivered by or on behalf of it under or in connection with the Subordination
                                            Agreement, is or proves to be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or
                                            deemed to be made. No Event of Default will occur under this paragraph (b) if the failure
                                            to comply or the circumstances giving rise to that misrepresentation are capable of remedy
                                            and are remedied within 20 Business Days from the earlier of (i) a Subordinated Creditor
                                            (as defined in the Subordination Agreement) or an Obligor becoming aware of such misrepresentation
                                            and (ii) the giving of notice by the Agent to Holdco or Subordinated Creditor (as defined
                                            in the Subordination Agreement) in respect of such misrepresentation.



 






    (112)


     


    

 


	24.19	Material
                                            Contract and Material License Agreement



 


		(a)	As
                                            of any Quarter Date, any Material Contract(s) have been terminated, cancelled, suspended,
                                            rescinded, repudiated or revoked (except if the Group and the counterparty under such Material
                                            Contract are negotiating an extension or replacement of such Material Contract in good faith
                                            and the Group continues receiving revenues under such Material Contract as contemplated by
                                            the Material Contract) and have not been reinstated (or replaced by a contract or contracts
                                            on terms negotiated on an arm’s length basis and substantially similar (to the extent
                                            commercially reasonable) to the original Material Contract(s)).



 


		(b)	Any
                                            Material License Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded, repudiated or
                                            revoked (except to the extent that IHS Nigeria or INT Towers and Nigerian Communications
                                            Commission are engaged in negotiations to renew or reinstate such Material License Agreement
                                            in good faith).



 


	24.20	Convertibility
                                            and moratorium



 


Any law
is amended or enacted in Nigeria that has the effect of prohibiting any payment that any Obligor is required to make to a Finance Party
pursuant to the terms of any of the Finance Documents.


 


	24.21	Acceleration



 


At any
time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders,
by written notice to Holdco:


 


		(a)	terminate
                                            the availability of the Facilities and cancel the Total Commitments whereupon the Facilities
                                            shall cease to be available for utilisation, the undrawn portion of the Commitments of each
                                            of the Lenders shall be cancelled and no Lender shall be under any further obligation to
                                            make Loans under this Agreement; and/or



 


		(b)	declare
                                            that all or part of the Loans together with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts
                                            accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which
                                            time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or



 


		(c)	declare
                                            that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately
                                            become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.



 






    (113)


     


    

 


Section 9

Changes to Parties


 


	25.	Changes
                                            to the Lenders



 


	25.1	Changes
                                            to the Lenders



 


Subject
to this Clause 25 and to Clause 26 (Restriction on Debt Purchase Transactions), any Lender (an “Existing Lender”)
may:


 


		(a)	assign
                                            any of its rights; or



 


		(b)	transfer
                                            (by way of novation) any of its rights and obligations,



 


under
any Finance Document to a bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established
for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets) (a “New Lender”).


 


	25.2	Conditions
                                            of Assignment or Transfer



 


		(a)	The
                                            consent of Holdco is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless
                                            the assignment or transfer is:



 


		(i)	to
                                            another Lender or to an Affiliate of a Lender;



 


		(ii)	if
                                            the Existing Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund of the Existing Lender;
                                            or



 


		(iii)	made
                                            at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.



 


		(b)	Notwithstanding
                                            the above, an Existing Lender must obtain the prior written consent of Holdco before entering
                                            into any assignment, transfer, sub-participation or derivative transaction (which transfers
                                            any discretion with regard to the exercise of voting rights) with or in favour of any person
                                            that is a Trade Competitor at the time of such assignment, transfer, sub-participation or
                                            derivative transaction unless the assignment, transfer, sub-participation or derivative transaction
                                            is made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.



 


For
this purpose “Trade Competitor” means a person, or an Affiliate of such person,
where such person’s primary business, or a material portion of such person’s business, is substantially the same as the business
of any member of the Group or the Group taken as a whole, including the business of passive telecommunication infrastructure.


 


		(c)	The
                                            consent of Holdco to any assignment or transfer in accordance with paragraph (a) above,
                                            must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Holdco will be deemed to have given its consent
                                            ten Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly
                                            refused by Holdco within that time.



 


		(d)	The
                                            consent of Holdco to any assignment or transfer in accordance with paragraph (b) above
                                            may be refused, withheld or delayed at the sole discretion of Holdco. Holdco will be deemed
                                            to have refused to give its consent ten Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested
                                            it unless consent is expressly provided by Holdco within that time.



 






    (114)


     


    

 


	25.3	Other
                                            conditions of assignment or transfer



 


		(a)	An
                                            assignment under this Clause 25 will only be effective on:



 


		(i)	receipt
                                            by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from
                                            the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will
                                            assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it
                                            had been an Original Lender; and



 


		(ii)	performance
                                            by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under
                                            all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion
                                            of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.



 


		(b)	A
                                            transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 25.6 (Procedure
                                            for Transfers) is complied with.



 


		(c)	If:



 


		(i)	a
                                            Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents
                                            or changes its Facility Office; and



 


		(ii)	as
                                            a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs,
                                            an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through
                                            its new Facility Office under Clause 14 (Taxes) or Clause 15 (Increased
                                            Costs),



 


then the
New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under that Clause to the same extent
as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had
not occurred. This paragraph (c) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the course of the primary syndication
of the Facilities.


 


		(d)	Each
                                            New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms,
                                            for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment
                                            or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance
                                            with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective
                                            in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent
                                            as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.



 


	25.4	Assignment
                                            or Transfer Fee



 


		(a)	Subject
                                            to paragraph (b) below, the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or
                                            transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of USD2,000.



 


		(b)	No
                                            fee is payable pursuant to paragraph (a) above if:



 


		(i)	the
                                            Agent agrees that no fee is payable; or



 


		(ii)	the
                                            assignment or transfer is made by an Existing Lender:



 


		(A)	to
                                            an Affiliate of that Existing Lender;



 


		(B)	to
                                            a fund which is a Related Fund of that Existing Lender; or



 






    (115)


     


    

 


		(C)	in
                                            connection with primary syndication of any Facility.



 


	25.5	Limitation
                                            of responsibility of Existing Lenders



 


		(a)	Unless
                                            expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty
                                            and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:



 


		(i)	the
                                            legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or
                                            any other documents;



 


		(ii)	the
                                            financial condition of any Obligor;



 


		(iii)	the
                                            performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents
                                            or any other documents; or



 


		(iv)	the
                                            accuracy of any statements or information (whether written or oral) made or supplied in connection
                                            with any Finance Document or any other document,



 


and any
representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.


 


		(b)	Each
                                            New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:



 


		(i)	has
                                            made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the
                                            financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with
                                            its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided
                                            to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document;
                                            and



 


		(ii)	will
                                            continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and
                                            its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents
                                            or any Commitment is in force.



 


		(c)	Nothing
                                            in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:



 


		(i)	accept
                                            a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned
                                            or transferred by such Existing Lender under this Clause 25; or



 


		(ii)	support
                                            any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance
                                            by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.



 


	25.6	Procedure
                                            for Transfers



 


		(a)	Subject
                                            to the conditions set out in Clause 25.2 (Conditions of Assignment or Transfer),
                                            a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes
                                            an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate executed and delivered to it by the Existing
                                            Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as
                                            soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate
                                            appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and appears to be delivered
                                            in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing
                                            Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know
                                            your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in
                                            relation to the transfer to such New Lender.



 






    (116)


     


    

 


		(c)	Subject
                                            to Clause 25.10(a) (Pro Rata Interest Settlement), on the Transfer Date:



 


		(i)	to
                                            the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation
                                            its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents, each of the Obligors and the Existing
                                            Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents
                                            and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled
                                            (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);



 


		(ii)	each
                                            of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire
                                            rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar
                                            as that Obligor or other member of the Group and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired
                                            the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;



 


		(iii)	the
                                            Agent, the Arrangers, the New Lender and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights
                                            and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed
                                            had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights, and/or obligations acquired or
                                            assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger and
                                            the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the
                                            Finance Documents; and



 


		(iv)	the
                                            New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.



 


	25.7	Procedure
                                            for Assignment



 


		(a)	Subject
                                            to the conditions set out in Clause 25.2 (Conditions of Assignment or Transfer)
                                            an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent
                                            executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing
                                            Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as
                                            soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement
                                            appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance
                                            with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing
                                            Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know
                                            your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in
                                            relation to the assignment to such New Lender.



 


		(c)	Subject
                                            to Clause 25.10(a) (Pro Rata Interest Settlement), on the Transfer Date:



 


		(i)	the
                                            Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents
                                            expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;



 


		(ii)	the
                                            Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “Relevant Obligations”)
                                            expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement; and



 


		(iii)	the
                                            New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations
                                            equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.



 






    (117)


     


    

 


		(d)	Lenders
                                            may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 25.7 to assign their
                                            rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor
                                            or unless in accordance with Clause 25.6 (Procedure for Transfers), to obtain
                                            a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the
                                            assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with
                                            the conditions set out in Clause 25.2 (Conditions of Assignment or Transfer)
                                            and Clause 25.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer).



 


	25.8	Copy
                                            of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Additional Increase Confirmation to Holdco



 


The Agent
shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or an Additional Increase
Confirmation, send to Holdco a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Additional Increase Confirmation.


 


	25.9	Security
                                            over Lenders’ Rights



 


In addition
to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 25, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from
any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any
of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:


 


		(a)	any
                                            charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central
                                            bank; and



 


		(b)	any
                                            charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives
                                            of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those
                                            obligations or securities,



 


except
that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:


 


		(i)	release
                                            a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary
                                            of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance
                                            Documents; or



 


		(ii)	require
                                            any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person
                                            any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender
                                            under the Finance Documents.



 


	25.10	Pro
                                            Rata Interest Settlement



 


If the
Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders
and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 25.6 (Procedure for Transfers) or any assignment pursuant
to Clause 25.7(c)(i) (Procedure for Assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification
and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):


 


		(a)	any
                                            interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by
                                            reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender
                                            up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become
                                            due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the
                                            last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months,
                                            on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that
                                            Interest Period); and



 






    (118)


     


    

 


		(b)	the
                                            rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued
                                            Amounts so that, for the avoidance of doubt:



 


		(i)	when
                                            the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable for the account
                                            of the Existing Lender; and



 


		(ii)	the
                                            amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the
                                            application of this Clause 25.10(a), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction
                                            of the Accrued Amounts.



 


		(c)	In
                                            this Clause 25.10 references to “Interest Period” shall be construed to include
                                            a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.



 


		(d)	An
                                            Existing Lender which retains the right to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 25.10(a) but
                                            which does not have a Commitment shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of ascertaining
                                            whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any
                                            request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents.



 


	26.	Restriction
                                            on Debt Purchase Transactions



 


	26.1	Prohibition
                                            on Debt Purchase Transactions by members of the Group



 


No Obligor
shall, and shall procure that each other member of the Group shall not, enter into any Debt Purchase Transaction, be a Lender or a party
to a Debt Purchase Transaction of the type referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) of the definition of “Debt Purchase
Transaction”.


 


	26.2	Disenfranchisement
                                            on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Affiliates



 


		(a)	For
                                            so long as a Sponsor Affiliate:



 


		(i)	beneficially
                                            owns a Commitment; or



 


		(ii)	has
                                            entered into a sub-participation agreement relating to a Commitment or other agreement or
                                            arrangement having a substantially similar economic effect and such agreement or arrangement
                                            has not been terminated,



 


in ascertaining:


 


		(A)	the
                                            Majority Lenders; or



 


		(B)	whether:



 


		(1)	any
                                            given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments;
                                            or



 


		(2)	the
                                            agreement of any specified group of Lenders,



 


has been
obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents such Commitment shall be deemed
to be zero and such Sponsor Affiliate or the person with whom it has entered into such sub-participation, other agreement or arrangement
shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of paragraphs (A) and (B) above (unless in the case of a person not
being a Sponsor Affiliate it is a Lender by virtue otherwise than by beneficially owning the relevant Commitment).


 






    (119)


     


    

 



 


		(b)	Each
                                            Lender shall, unless such Debt Purchase Transaction is an assignment or transfer, promptly
                                            notify the Agent in writing if it knowingly enters into a Debt Purchase Transaction with
                                            a Sponsor Affiliate (a “Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction”), such notification
                                            to be substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 8 (Forms of Notifiable
                                            Debt Purchase Transaction Notice).



  


		(c)	A
                                            Lender shall promptly notify the Agent if a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction to which
                                            it is a party:



 


		(i)	is
                                            terminated; or



 


		(ii)	ceases
                                            to be with a Sponsor Affiliate,



 


such
notification to be substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 8 (Forms of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction Notice).


 


		(d)	Each
                                            Sponsor Affiliate that is a Lender agrees that:



 


		(i)	in
                                            relation to any meeting or conference call to which all the Lenders are invited to attend
                                            or participate, it shall not attend or participate in the same if so requested by the Agent
                                            or, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, be entitled to receive the agenda or any minutes of
                                            the same; and



 


		(ii)	in
                                            its capacity as Lender, unless the Agent otherwise agrees, it shall not be entitled to receive
                                            any report or other document prepared at the behest of, or on the instructions of, the Agent
                                            or one or more of the Lenders.



 


		26.3	Sponsor
                                            Affiliates’ Notification to other Lenders of Debt Purchase Transactions



 


Any
Sponsor Affiliate which is or becomes a Lender and which enters into a Debt Purchase Transaction as a purchaser or a participant shall,
by 5:00 pm on the Business Day following the day on which it entered into that Debt Purchase Transaction, notify the Agent of the extent
of the Commitment(s) or amount outstanding to which that Debt Purchase Transaction relates. The Agent shall promptly disclose such
information to the Lenders.


 


		27.	Assignment
                                            and Transfers by Obligors



 


		27.1	Assignment
                                            and transfers



 


No
Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.


 


		27.2	Additional
                                            Guarantors



 


		(a)	Holdco
                                            shall procure that each member of the Group shall, as soon as possible after becoming a member
                                            of the Group and in any event within twenty Business Days after becoming a member of the
                                            Group, become an Additional Guarantor.



 


		(b)	A
                                            member of the Group shall become an Additional Guarantor if:



 


		(i)	Holdco
                                            and the proposed Additional Guarantor deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed
                                            Accession Deed; and



 


		(ii)	the
                                            Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule
                                            2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and
                                            substance satisfactory to the Agent.



 






    (120)


     


    

 


		(c)	The
                                            Agent shall notify Holdco and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received
                                            (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in
                                            Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).



 


		(d)	Other
                                            than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary
                                            before the Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (c) above, the Lenders
                                            authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be
                                            liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.



 


		(e)	Delivery
                                            of an Accession Deed constitutes confirmation by the relevant Group member that the representations
                                            and warranties referred to in paragraph (e) of Clause 20.24 (Times when Representations
                                            made) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by
                                            reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.



 






    (121)


     


    

 


Section 10

The Finance Parties


 


		28.	Role
                                            of the Agent, the Arrangers and Others



 


		28.1	Appointment
                                            of the Agent



 


		(a)	Each
                                            of the Arrangers and the Lenders appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection
                                            with the Finance Documents.



 


		(b)	Each
                                            of the Arrangers and the Lenders authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations
                                            and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically
                                            given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other
                                            incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.



 


		28.2	Instructions



 


		(a)	The
                                            Agent shall:



 


		(i)	unless
                                            a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising
                                            any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions
                                            given to it by:



 


		(A)	all
                                            Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision;
                                            and



 


		(B)	in
                                            all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and



 


		(ii)	not
                                            be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with
                                            subparagraph (i) above.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from
                                            the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision
                                            for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether,
                                            and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority
                                            or discretion and the Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such
                                            instructions or clarification that it has requested.



 


		(c)	Save
                                            in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders
                                            under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance
                                            Document, any instructions given to the Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any
                                            conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.



 


		(d)	The
                                            Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Lender or group
                                            of Lenders until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion
                                            require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and
                                            which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur
                                            in complying with those instructions.



 


		(e)	In
                                            the absence of instructions, the Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to
                                            be in the best interest of the Lenders.



 


		(f)	The
                                            Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s
                                            consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (f) shall
                                            not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation
                                            or protection of rights under the Finance Documents.



 






    (122)


     


    

  


		28.3	Duties
                                            of the Agent



 


		(a)	The
                                            Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative
                                            in nature.



 


		(b)	Subject
                                            to paragraph (c) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original
                                            or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.



 


		(c)	Paragraph (b) above
                                            shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment Agreement or any Additional Increase
                                            Confirmation.



 


		(d)	Except
                                            where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review
                                            or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.



 


		(e)	If
                                            the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default
                                            and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other
                                            Finance Parties.



 


		(f)	If
                                            the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other
                                            fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Arranger) under this Agreement
                                            it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.



 


		(g)	The
                                            Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified
                                            in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).



 


		28.4	Role
                                            of the Arranger



 


Except
as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection
with any Finance Document.


 


		28.5	No
                                            Fiduciary Duties



 


		(a)	Nothing
                                            in any Finance Document constitutes the Agent or the Arrangers as a trustee or fiduciary
                                            of any other person.



 


		(b)	None
                                            of the Agent or the Arrangers shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the
                                            profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.



 


		28.6	Business
                                            with the Group



 


The
Agent and the Arrangers may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any
member of the Group.


 


		28.7	Rights
                                            and Discretions



 


		(a)	The
                                            Agent may:



 


		(i)	rely
                                            on any representation, communication, notice or document (including, without limitation,
                                            any notice given by a Lender pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (c) of Clause 26.2
                                            (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase Transactions entered into by Affiliates) believed
                                            by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;



 






    (123)


     


    

  


		(ii)	assume
                                            that:



 


		(A)	any
                                            instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lender or any group of Lender
                                            are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and



 


		(B)	unless
                                            it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and



 


		(iii)	rely
                                            on a certificate from any person:



 


		(A)	as
                                            to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the
                                            knowledge of that person; or



 


		(B)	to
                                            the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action
                                            or thing,



 


as
sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that
certificate.


 


		(b)	The
                                            Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent
                                            for the Lenders) that:



 


		(i)	no
                                            Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 24.1
                                            (Non-Payment));



 


		(ii)	any
                                            right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not
                                            been exercised;



 


		(iii)	any
                                            notice or request made by Holdco (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of
                                            and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors; and



 


		(iv)	no
                                            Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction:



 


		(A)	has
                                            been entered into;



 


		(B)	has
                                            been terminated; or



 


		(C)	has
                                            ceased to be with a Sponsor Affiliate.



 


		(c)	The
                                            Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers,
                                            surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.



 


		(d)	Without
                                            prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below,
                                            the Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent
                                            counsel to the Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the
                                            Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable provided that Holdco shall
                                            not be required to reimburse or indemnify the Agent in respect of any payment the Agent may
                                            make pursuant to this paragraph (d), unless agreed in advance with Holdco.



 


		(e)	The
                                            Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors
                                            or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Agent or by any other
                                            Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution
                                            in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.



 






    (124)


     


    

 


		(f)	The
                                            Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents
                                            and the Agent shall not:



 


		(i)	be
                                            liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or



 


		(ii)	be
                                            bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct,
                                            omission or default on the part of, any such person,



 


unless
such error or such loss was directly caused by the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.


 


		(g)	Unless
                                            a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Agent may disclose to any other Party
                                            any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.



 


		(h)	Without
                                            prejudice to the generality of paragraph (g) above, the Agent:



 


		(i)	may
                                            disclose; and



 


		(ii)	on
                                            the written request of Holdco or the Majority Lenders shall, as soon as reasonably practicable,
                                            disclose,



 


the
identity of a Defaulting Lender to Holdco and to the other Finance Parties.


 


		(i)	Notwithstanding
                                            any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, none of the Agent, or the Arrangers
                                            are obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would, or might in its reasonable opinion,
                                            constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.



 


		(j)	Notwithstanding
                                            any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend
                                            or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its
                                            duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or
                                            discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity
                                            against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.



 


		28.8	Responsibility
                                            for Documentation



 


None
of the Agent or the Arrangers are responsible or liable for:


 


		(a)	the
                                            adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied
                                            by the Agent, the Arrangers, the Obligors or any other person given in or in connection with
                                            any Finance Document, the Information Memorandum or the transactions contemplated in the
                                            Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed
                                            in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;



 


		(b)	the
                                            legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or
                                            any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation
                                            of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; or



 


		(c)	any
                                            determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party
                                            is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law
                                            or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.



 






    (125)


     


    

 


		28.9	No
                                            Duty to Monitor



  


The
Agent shall not be bound to enquire:


 


		(a)	whether
                                            or not any Default has occurred;



 


		(b)	as
                                            to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance
                                            Document; or



 


		(c)	whether
                                            any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.



 


		28.10	Exclusion
                                            of Liability



 


		(a)	Without
                                            limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any
                                            Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent), the Agent will not be
                                            liable (including, without limitation, for negligence nor any other category of liability
                                            whatsoever) for:



 


		(i)	any
                                            damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever
                                            arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance
                                            Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;



 


		(ii)	exercising,
                                            or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection
                                            with, any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into,
                                            made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document; or



 


		(iii)	without
                                            prejudice to the generality of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages,
                                            costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising
                                            as a result of:



 


		(A)	any
                                            act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or



 


		(B)	the
                                            general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,



 


including
(in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation,
expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting
the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction
of any third-party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection
or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.


 


		(b)	No
                                            Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent
                                            of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any
                                            act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance
                                            Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause 28.10
                                            subject to Clause 1.7 (Third-Party Rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties
                                            Act.



 


		(c)	The
                                            Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account
                                            with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent
                                            has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations
                                            or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent
                                            for that purpose.



 






    (126)


     


    

 


		(d)	Nothing
                                            in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arrangers to carry out:



 


		(i)	any
                                            “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or



 


		(ii)	any
                                            check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful
                                            for any Lender or for any Affiliate of any Lender,



 


on
behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is
required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger.


 


		(e)	Without
                                            prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s
                                            liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document
                                            shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined
                                            to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or,
                                            if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference
                                            to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase
                                            the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill,
                                            reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect
                                            or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of
                                            such loss or damages.



 


		28.11	Lenders’
                                            Indemnity to the Agent



 


		(a)	Each
                                            Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments
                                            are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction
                                            to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss
                                            or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability
                                            whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence
                                            or wilful misconduct (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 31.11
                                            (Disruption to Payment Systems Etc), notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence,
                                            gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim
                                            based on the fraud of the Agent)) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless
                                            the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).



 


		(b)	Subject
                                            to paragraph (c) below, each Obligor shall immediately on demand reimburse any
                                            Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.



 


		(c)	Paragraph (b) above
                                            shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims
                                            reimbursement relates to a liability of the Agent to an Obligor.



 


		28.12	Resignation
                                            of the Agent



 


		(a)	The
                                            Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United
                                            Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and Holdco.



 






    (127)


     


    

 


		(b)	Alternatively
                                            the Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the Lenders and Holdco, in which
                                            case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with Holdco) may appoint a successor Agent.



 


		(c)	If
                                            the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above
                                            within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation
                                            with Holdco) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).



 


		(d)	If
                                            the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer
                                            appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent
                                            under paragraph (c) above, the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that
                                            it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party
                                            to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this Clause 28
                                            and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent
                                            consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate
                                            trustees, together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement
                                            which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates, and those amendments
                                            will bind the Parties.



 


		(e)	The
                                            retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents
                                            and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for
                                            the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.



 


		(f)	The
                                            Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.



 


		(g)	Upon
                                            the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation
                                            in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above)
                                            but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 16.3 (Indemnity to the Agent)
                                            and this Clause 28 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall
                                            cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the
                                            other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would
                                            have had if such successor had been an original Party.



 


		(h)	The
                                            Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable,
                                            shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above)
                                            if on or after the date which is three Months before the earliest FATCA Application Date
                                            relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:



 


		(i)	the
                                            Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 14.7 (FATCA Information) and
                                            Holdco or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to
                                            be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;



 


		(ii)	the
                                            information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 14.7 (FATCA Information)
                                            indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on
                                            or after that FATCA Application Date; or



 


		(iii)	the
                                            Agent notifies Holdco and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to
                                            be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date,



 






    (128)


     


    

 


and
(in each case) Holdco or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required
if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and Holdco or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign. 


 


		28.13	Replacement
                                            of the Agent



 


		(a)	After
                                            consultation with Holdco, the Majority Lenders may by giving 30 days’ notice to
                                            the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined
                                            by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through
                                            an office in the United Kingdom).



 


		(b)	The
                                            retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense
                                            of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide
                                            such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing
                                            its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.



 


		(c)	The
                                            appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice
                                            from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall
                                            be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than
                                            its obligations under paragraph (b) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit
                                            of Clause 16.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 28 (and any agency
                                            fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable
                                            on) that date).



 


		(d)	Any
                                            successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations
                                            amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.



 


		28.14	Confidentiality



 


		(a)	In
                                            acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its
                                            agency division, which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions
                                            or departments.



 


		(b)	If
                                            information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated
                                            as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have
                                            notice of it.



 


		28.15	Relationship
                                            with the Lenders



 


		(a)	The
                                            Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in
                                            the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time
                                            to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:



 


		(i)	entitled
                                            to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and



 


		(ii)	entitled
                                            to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision
                                            or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,



 


unless
it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement.


 


		(b)	Any
                                            Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices,
                                            communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the
                                            Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address and (where communication by email
                                            or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 33.6 (Electronic Communication))
                                            email address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information
                                            by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention
                                            communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, email
                                            address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes
                                            of Clause 33.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 33.6
                                            (Electronic Communication) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as
                                            the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents
                                            as though that person were that Lender.






 






    (129)


     


    

 



 


		28.16	Credit
                                            Appraisal by the Lenders



 


Without
affecting the responsibility of any member of the Group for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance
Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arrangers it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its
own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document, including, but not
limited to:


 


		(a)	the
                                            financial condition, status and nature of any Obligor;



 


		(b)	the
                                            legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, and
                                            any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation
                                            of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;



 


		(c)	whether
                                            that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or
                                            any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions
                                            contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered
                                            into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;
                                            and



 


		(d)	the
                                            adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or
                                            by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated
                                            by any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made
                                            or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.



 


		28.17	Reference
                                            Banks



 


		(a)	If
                                            a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate)
                                            ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with Holdco) appoint another Lender
                                            or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.



 


		(b)	No
                                            Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to
                                            the Agent.



 


		(c)	No
                                            Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any
                                            Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross
                                            negligence or wilful misconduct.



 


		(d)	No
                                            Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer,
                                            employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that
                                            Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee
                                            or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any
                                            officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 28.17, subject
                                            to Clause 1.7 (Third-Party Rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.



 






    (130)


     


    

 


		28.18	Agent’s
                                            Management Time



 


Any amount
payable to the Agent under Clause 16.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 18 (Costs and Expenses) and Clause 28.11
(Lenders’ Indemnity to the Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources
and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to Holdco and the Lenders, and is
in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 13 (Fees).


 


		28.19	Deduction
                                            from Amounts Payable by the Agent



 


If any
Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents, the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not
exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and
apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be
regarded as having received any amount so deducted.


 


		29.	Conduct
                                            of Business by the Finance Parties



 


No provision
of this Agreement will:


 


		(a)	interfere
                                            with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever
                                            manner it thinks fit;



 


		(b)	oblige
                                            any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available
                                            to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or



 


		(c)	oblige
                                            any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise)
                                            or any computations in respect of Tax.



 


		30.	Sharing
                                            Among the Finance Parties



 


		30.1	Payments
                                            to Finance Parties



 


If a
Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance
with Clause 31 (Payment Mechanics) (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under
the Finance Documents, then:


 


		(a)	the
                                            Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt
                                            or recovery to the Agent;



 


		(b)	the
                                            Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering
                                            Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the
                                            Agent, and distributed in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment Mechanics), without
                                            taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt,
                                            recovery or distribution; and



 


		(c)	the
                                            Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to
                                            the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery
                                            less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party
                                            as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 31.6 (Partial Payments).



 






    (131)


     


    

 


		30.2	Redistribution
                                            of Payments



 


The Agent
shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than
the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 31.6 (Partial Payments)
towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.


 


		30.3	Recovering
                                            Finance Party’s Rights



 


On a
distribution by the Agent under Clause 30.2 (Redistribution of Payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party
from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing
Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.


 


		30.4	Reversal
                                            of Redistribution



 


If any
part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance
Party, then:


 


		(a)	each
                                            Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account
                                            of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of
                                            the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering
                                            Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering
                                            Finance Party is required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and



 


		(b)	as
                                            between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to
                                            the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.



 


		30.5	Exceptions



 


		(a)	This
                                            Clause 30 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not,
                                            after making any payment pursuant to this Clause 30, have a valid and enforceable claim
                                            against the relevant Obligor.



 


		(b)	A
                                            Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount
                                            which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal
                                            or arbitration proceedings, if:



 


		(i)	it
                                            notified the other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and



 


		(ii)	the
                                            other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings
                                            but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take
                                            separate legal or arbitration proceedings.



 






    (132)


     


    

 


Section 11

Administration


 


		31.	Payment
                                            Mechanics



 


		31.1	Payments
                                            to the Agent



 


		(a)	On
                                            each date on which an Obligor or a USD Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance
                                            Document (other than payment by a Borrower in respect of Facility B) that Obligor or that
                                            USD Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears
                                            in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified
                                            by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant
                                            currency in the place of payment.



 


		(b)	Payment
                                            shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency
                                            with such bank as the Agent specifies.



 


		31.2	Distributions
                                            by the Agent



 


Each
payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 31.3 (Distributions to the
Borrowers) and Clause 31.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party
entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such
account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank specified by that Party in
the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.


 


		31.3	Distributions
                                            to the Borrowers



 


The Agent
may (with the consent of Holdco or in accordance with Clause 32 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for a Borrower
in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Borrower under the Finance Documents
or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.


 


		31.4	Clawback



 


		(a)	Where
                                            a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent
                                            is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related
                                            exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually
                                            received that sum.



 


		(b)	If
                                            the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had
                                            not received that amount, then the Party who should have made that amount (or the proceeds
                                            of any related exchange contract) available to the Agent or, if that Party fails to do so,
                                            the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) has been
                                            made available by the Agent, shall on demand, pay such amount to the Agent together with
                                            interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated
                                            by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.



 


		31.5	Impaired
                                            Agent



 


		(a)	If,
                                            at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, a Borrower or a Lender which is required
                                            to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 31.1
                                            (Payments to the Agent) may instead either:



 






    (133)


     


    

 


		(i)	pay
                                            that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or



 


		(ii)	if
                                            in its sole discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount
                                            direct to the required recipients(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount
                                            to an interest-bearing account held with an “Acceptable Bank” within the meaning
                                            of paragraph (a) of the definition of “Acceptable Bank” and in relation
                                            to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the relevant
                                            Borrower or the Lender making the payment (the “Paying Party”) and designated
                                            as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that
                                            payment under the Finance Documents (the “Recipient Party” or “Recipient
                                            Parties”).



 


In each
case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.


 


		(b)	All
                                            interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the
                                            benefit of the Recipient Party or Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.



 


		(c)	A
                                            Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 31.5 shall be discharged
                                            of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit
                                            risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.



 


		(d)	Promptly
                                            upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 28.13 (Replacement
                                            of the Agent), each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has
                                            given an instruction pursuance to paragraph (e) below), give all requisite instructions
                                            to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any
                                            accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party
                                            or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 31.2 (Distributions by the Agent).



 


		(e)	A
                                            Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent:



 


		(i)	that
                                            it has not given an instruction pursuant to paragraph (d) above; and



 


		(ii)	that
                                            it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party,



 


give all
requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest)
to that Recipient Party.


 


		31.6	Partial
                                            Payments



 


		(a)	If
                                            the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due in respect of any Finance
                                            Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor
                                            under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations
                                            of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:



 


		(i)	first,
                                            in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid amounts owing to the Agent under those
                                            Finance Documents;



 


		(ii)	secondly,
                                            in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but
                                            unpaid under those Finance Documents;



 






    (134)


     


    

 


		(iii)	thirdly,
                                            in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under those Finance
                                            Documents; and



 


		(iv)	fourthly,
                                            in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Agent shall, if so directed by all the Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to
                                            (iv) above.



 


		(c)	Paragraphs (a) and
                                            (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.



 


		31.7	Set-Off



 


All payments
to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for)
set-off or counterclaim.


 


		31.8	Business
                                            Days



 


		(a)	Any
                                            payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business
                                            Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or
                                            the preceding Business Day (if there is not).



 


		(b)	During
                                            any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement
                                            interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due
                                            date.



 


		31.9	Currency
                                            of Account



 


		(a)	Subject
                                            to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account
                                            and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.



 


		(b)	A
                                            repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the
                                            currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.



 


		(c)	Each
                                            payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the
                                            interest is payable was denominated, pursuant to this Agreement, when that interest accrued.



 


		(d)	Each
                                            payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the
                                            costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.



 


		(e)	Any
                                            amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in
                                            that other currency.



 


		31.10	Change
                                            of Currency



 


		(a)	Unless
                                            otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time
                                            recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:



 


		(i)	any
                                            reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents
                                            in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency
                                            unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with Holdco); and



 


		(ii)	any
                                            translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of
                                            exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit
                                            into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).



 






    (135)


     


    

 


		(b)	If
                                            a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent
                                            (acting reasonably and after consultation with Holdco) specifies to be necessary, be amended
                                            to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Market
                                            and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.



 


		31.11	Disruption
                                            to Payment Systems Etc



 


If either
the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by Holdco that a Disruption Event
has occurred:


 


		(a)	the
                                            Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by Holdco, consult with Holdco with a view to
                                            agreeing with Holdco such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as
                                            the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;



 


		(b)	the
                                            Agent shall not be obliged to consult with Holdco in relation to any changes mentioned in
                                            paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances
                                            and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;



 


		(c)	the
                                            Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above
                                            but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the
                                            circumstances;



 


		(d)	any
                                            such changes agreed upon by the Agent and Holdco shall (whether or not it is finally determined
                                            that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or,
                                            as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions
                                            of Clause 37 (Amendments and Waivers);



 


		(e)	the
                                            Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without
                                            limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever
                                            but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking,
                                            or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 31.11;
                                            and



 


		(f)	the
                                            Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.



 


		32.	Set-Off



 


A Finance
Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance
Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor (other than an obligation to make its participation
in a Loan available under Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ Participation)), regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency
of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate
of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.


 


		33.	Notices



 


		33.1	Communications
                                            in Writing



 


Any communication
to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by email
or letter.


 






    (136)


     


    

 


		33.2	Addresses



 


The address
and email (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication
or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:


 


		(a)	in
                                            the case of Holdco, that identified with its name below;



 


		(b)	in
                                            the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or
                                            prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and



 


		(c)	in
                                            the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below, or any substitute address, email
                                            or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to
                                            the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business
                                            Days’ notice.



 


		33.3	Delivery



 


		(a)	Any
                                            communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection
                                            with the Finance Documents will only be effective:



 


		(i)	if
                                            by way of fax, when received in legible form; or



 


		(ii)	if
                                            by way of registered mail or courier, when it has been delivered at the relevant address,



 


and, if
a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 33.2 (Addresses), if
addressed to that department or officer.


 


		(b)	Any
                                            communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when
                                            actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention
                                            of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute
                                            department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).



 


		(c)	All
                                            notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.



 


		(d)	Any
                                            communication or document made or delivered to Holdco in accordance with this Clause 33.3
                                            will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.



 


		(e)	Any
                                            communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) and
                                            (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to
                                            become effective on the following day.



 


		33.4	Notification
                                            of Address and Fax Number



 


Promptly
upon receipt of notification of an address or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 33.2 (Addresses)
or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.


 


		33.5	Communication
                                            when Agent is Impaired Agent



 


If the
Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly
and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices
to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly.
This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.


 






    (137)


     


    

 


		33.6	Electronic
                                            Communication



 


		(a)	Any
                                            communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance
                                            Documents may be made by email or other electronic means (including, without limitation,
                                            by way of posting to a secure website), if those two Parties:



 


		(i)	notify
                                            each other in writing of their email address and/or any other information required to enable
                                            the transmission of information by that means; and



 


		(ii)	notify
                                            each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them
                                            by not less than five Business Days’ notice.



 


		(b)	Any
                                            such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between
                                            an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two
                                            Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted
                                            form of communication.



 


		(c)	Any
                                            such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two
                                            Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form
                                            and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it is
                                            addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.



 


		(d)	Any
                                            electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above,
                                            after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication
                                            is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed
                                            only to become effective on the following day.



 


		(e)	Any
                                            reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed
                                            to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 33.6.



 


		33.7	Use
                                            of Websites



 


		(a)	Holdco
                                            may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to
                                            those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) who accept this method of communication
                                            by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by Holdco and the Agent
                                            (the Designated Website) if:



 


		(i)	the
                                            Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept
                                            communication of the information by this method;



 


		(ii)	both
                                            Holdco and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications
                                            for the Designated Website; and



 


		(iii)	the
                                            information is in a format previously agreed between Holdco and the Agent.



 


If any
Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall
notify Holdco accordingly and Holdco shall at its own cost supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender)
in paper form. In any event Holdco shall at its own cost supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required
to be provided by it.


 






    (138)


     


    

 


		(b)	The
                                            Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications
                                            for the Designated Website following designation of that website by Holdco and the Agent.



 


		(c)	Holdco
                                            shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:



 


		(i)	the
                                            Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;



 


		(ii)	the
                                            password specifications for the Designated Website change;



 


		(iii)	any
                                            new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the
                                            Designated Website;



 


		(iv)	any
                                            existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated
                                            Website is amended; or



 


		(v)	Holdco
                                            becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website
                                            is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.



 


If Holdco
notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by Holdco under
this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied
that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.


 


		(d)	Any
                                            Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required
                                            to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. Holdco shall,
                                            at its own cost, comply with any such request within ten Business Days.



 


		33.8	English
                                            Language



 


		(a)	Any
                                            notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.



 


		(b)	All
                                            other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:



 


		(i)	in
                                            English; or



 


		(ii)	if
                                            not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation
                                            (the cost of which shall be borne by Holdco) and, in this case, the English translation will
                                            prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.



 


		34.	Calculations
                                            and Certificates



 


		34.1	Accounts



 


In any
litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained
by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.


 






    (139)


     


    

 



 


		34.2	Certificates
                                            and Determinations



  


Any certification
or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie
evidence of the matters to which it relates.


 


		34.3	Day
                                            Count Convention and Interest Calculation



 


		(a)	Any
                                            interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day-to-day
                                            and the amount of any such interest, commission or fee is calculated:



 


		(i)	on
                                            the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and, in respect of the Base Currency, a year
                                            of 360 days and, in respect of Naira, a year of 365 days (or, in any case where
                                            the practice in the Relevant Market differs, in accordance with that market practice); and



 


		(ii)	subject
                                            to paragraph (b) below, without rounding.



 


		(b)	The
                                            aggregate amount of any accrued interest, commission or fee which is or becomes payable by
                                            an Obligor under a Finance Document shall be rounded to 2 decimal places.



 


		35.	Partial
                                            Invalidity



 


If, at
any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction,
neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision
under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.


 


		36.	Remedies
                                            and Waivers



 


No failure
to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate
as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document
on the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall
prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance
Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.


 


		37.	Amendments
                                            and Waivers



 


		37.1	Required
                                            Consents



 


		(a)	Subject
                                            to Clause 37.2 (Exceptions) and except to the extent otherwise provided for in
                                            a Finance Document, any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived or any consent
                                            given under a Finance Document only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and Holdco and
                                            any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this
                                            Clause 37.



 


		(c)	Without
                                            prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) of Clause 28.7
                                            (Rights and Discretions), the Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of
                                            lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver
                                            or consent under this Agreement, provided that no Obligor shall be required to reimburse
                                            or indemnify the Agent in respect of any payment the Agent may make pursuant to this paragraph (c) unless
                                            agreed in advance with Holdco.



  


		(d)	Paragraph
                                            (c) of Clause 25.10 (Pro Rata Interest Settlement) shall apply to this Clause
                                            37.



 






    (140)


     


    

 


		37.2	Exceptions



 


		(a)	In
                                            this Clause 37, “Structural Adjustment” means:



 


		(i)	an
                                            amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:



 


		(A)	an
                                            extension to the availability or date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;



 


		(B)	a
                                            reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest,
                                            fees or commission or other amounts payable; and



 


		(ii)	an
                                            amendment or waiver of a term of a Finance Document that is consequential on, incidental
                                            to, or required to implement or reflect any of the amendments or waivers listed in subparagraph (i) above.



 


		(b)	Subject
                                            to Clause 37.3 (Changes to Reference Rates), an amendment or waiver that has
                                            the effect of changing or which relates to:



 


		(i)	the
                                            definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions)
                                            and “Structural Adjustment” in paragraph (a) above;



 


		(ii)	any
                                            provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;



 


		(iii)	(without
                                            prejudice to Permitted Reorganisations) Clause 27 (Assignment and Transfers by Obligors)
                                            or any change to the Obligors or Clause 23.29 (Guarantors);



 


		(iv)	Clause 25
                                            (Changes to the Lenders) which would make transferability more restrictive for a Finance
                                            Party, Clause 30 (Sharing Among the Finance Parties), Clause 42 (Governing
                                            Law), Clause 43 (Enforcement) or this Clause 37;



 


		(v)	the
                                            currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;



 


		(vi)	a
                                            redenomination of a Commitment into another currency;



 


		(vii)	an
                                            increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments;



 


		(viii)	the
                                            introduction of an additional loan, tranche, commitment or facility into the Finance Documents
                                            ranking pari passu , senior or subordinate to the Facilities;



 


		(ix)	the
                                            definition of Sanctions, Restricted Party and Sanctions Event and related definitions in
                                            Clause 1.1 (Definitions), Clause 8.2 (Sanctions), Clause 20.17
                                            (Sanctions) and 23.17 (Sanctions);



 


		(x)	the
                                            definition of Anti-Corruption Laws and Money Laundering Laws in Clause 1.1 (Definitions),
                                            Clause 20.18 (Anti-bribery and Corruption Laws), Clause 20.23 (Anti-Money
                                            Laundering) and Clause 23.18 (Anti-Bribery and Corruption and Anti-Money Laundering);



 


		(xi)	Clause
                                            7.1 (Illegality) or Clause 8.1 (Change of Control) or the definition of “Permitted
                                            Transferee”;



 






    (141)


     


    

  


		(xii)	Clause
                                            23.30 (Conditions Subsequent);



 


		(xiii)	the
                                            nature or the scope of the guarantee under this Agreement;



 


		(xiv)	the
                                            order of priority or subordination under the Subordination Agreement;



 


		(xv)	Clause
                                            2.3 (Finance Parties’ Rights and Obligations) and/or



 


		(xvi)	Clause 4.2
                                            (Further Conditions Precedent) (other than a waiver of any of the conditions set out
                                            therein),



 


in each
case, shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.


 


		(c)	An
                                            amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to any provision which
                                            expressly requires the consent of the Majority Lenders, shall not be made without the prior
                                            consent of the Majority Lenders.



 


		(d)	Notwithstanding
                                            any other provision of this Clause 37, if an amendment or waiver relates to a Structural
                                            Adjustment, to the extent that it is so permitted, it requires only the prior consent of
                                            each Lender which will be directly affected by the proposed Structural Adjustment and:



 


		(i)	in
                                            relation to any Structural Adjustment arising under paragraph (a)(i)(A) above that relates
                                            solely to amounts payable solely under Facility A or to the USD Lenders, with the consent
                                            of the Majority USD Lenders;



 


		(ii)	in
                                            relation to any Structural Adjustment arising under paragraph (a)(i)(A) above that relates
                                            solely to amounts payable solely under Facility B or to the NGN Lenders, with the consent
                                            of the Majority NGN Lenders; and



 


		(iii)	in
                                            all other cases, with the consent of the Majority Lenders.



 


		(e)	An
                                            amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or an Arranger
                                            (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or
                                            that Arranger (as applicable).



 


		(f)	If
                                            any Lender does not accept or reject a request for a consent, waiver or amendment of or in
                                            relation to any of the terms of any Finance Document or other vote of Lenders under the terms
                                            of this Agreement (in each case, other than under Clause 37.3 (Changes to Reference
                                            Rates)) within 15 Business Days (unless Holdco and the Agent agree to a longer time period
                                            in relation to any request) of that request being made, its Commitment and/or participation
                                            shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or participations
                                            under the Facilities when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the
                                            avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments and/or participations has been obtained
                                            to approve that request.



 


		(g)	The
                                            Agent may agree with Holdco at any time any amendment to or modification of a name or other
                                            details of an Original Lender as set out in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties)
                                            which is technical in nature or which is necessary to correct a manifest error.



 


		(h)	Notwithstanding
                                            any other provision of this Agreement, increases to the Margin can be implemented in accordance
                                            with the terms of the Syndication Letter and do not require the consent of any other Party.



 






    (142)


     


    

 


		37.3	Changes
                                            to Reference Rates



  


		(a)	Subject
                                            to paragraph (a) of Clause 37.2 (Exceptions), if a Published Rate Replacement
                                            Event has occurred in relation to any Published Rate for a Loan in dollars, any amendment
                                            or waiver which relates to:



 


		(i)	providing
                                            for the use of a Replacement Reference Rate in relation to dollars in place of that Published
                                            Rate; and



 


		(ii)	



 


		(A)	aligning
                                            any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Reference Rate;



 


		(B)	enabling
                                            that Replacement Reference Rate to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement
                                            (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement
                                            Reference Rate to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);



 


		(C)	implementing
                                            market conventions applicable to that Replacement Reference Rate;



 


		(D)	providing
                                            for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Reference
                                            Rate; or



 


		(E)	adjusting
                                            the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of
                                            economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement
                                            Reference Rate (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally
                                            designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall
                                            be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),



 


may be
made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority USD Lenders) and Holdco.


 


		(b)	An
                                            amendment or waiver that relates to, or has the effect of, aligning the means of calculation
                                            of interest on a Compounded Rate Loan under this Agreement to any recommendation of a Relevant
                                            Nominating Body which:



 


		(i)	relates
                                            to the use of the RFR for dollars on a compounded basis in the international or any relevant
                                            domestic syndicated loan markets; and



 


		(ii)	is
                                            issued on or after the date of this Agreement,



 


may be
made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority USD Lenders) and Holdco.


 


		(c)	Subject
                                            to paragraph (a) of Clause 37.2 (Exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event
                                            has occurred in relation to NIBOR, any amendment or waiver which relates to:



 


		(i)	providing
                                            for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to NIBOR; and



 


		(ii)	



 


		(A)	aligning
                                            any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;



 






    (143)


     


    

  


		(B)	enabling
                                            that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement
                                            (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement
                                            Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);



 


		(C)	implementing
                                            market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;



 


		(D)	providing
                                            for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark;
                                            or



 


		(E)	adjusting
                                            the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of
                                            economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement
                                            Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally
                                            designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall
                                            be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),



 


may be
made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority NGN Lenders) and Holdco.


 


		37.4	Replacement
                                            of Lender



 


		(a)	In
                                            the event that:



 


		(i)	Holdco
                                            or the Agent (at the request of Holdco) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation
                                            to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;



 


		(ii)	the
                                            consent, waiver or amendment in question requires:



 


		(A)	the
                                            approval of all the Lenders and the Majority Lenders have consented or agreed to such waiver
                                            or amendment;



 


		(B)	the
                                            approval of all the USD Lenders and the Majority USD Lenders have consented or agreed to
                                            such waiver or amendment; or



 


		(C)	the
                                            approval of all the NGN Lenders and the Majority NGN Lenders have consented or agreed to
                                            such waiver or amendment,



 


then any
Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting Lender”.


 


		(b)	If
                                            at any time:



 


		(i)	any
                                            Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender; or



 






    (144)


     


    

 


		(ii)	an
                                            Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 7.1 (Illegality)
                                            or to pay any amounts pursuant to Clauses 14.2 (Tax Gross-Up), 14.3 (Tax Indemnity)
                                            or 15.1 (Increased Costs) to any Lender,



 


then Holdco
may, on five Business Days prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to
the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part
only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution or other entity (other than
a member of the Group) which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities
or other financial assets (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by Holdco, which confirms its willingness to assume and
does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations
on the same basis as the transferring Lender) and which satisfies the Agent’s “know your customer” requirements for
a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation
in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 25.10 (Pro
Rata Interest Settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.


  


		(c)	The
                                            replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 37.4 shall be subject to the following
                                            conditions:



 


		(i)	Holdco
                                            shall have no right to replace the Agent (other than in accordance with Clause 28.12
                                            (Resignation of the Agent) if applicable);



 


		(ii)	neither
                                            the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to Holdco to find a Replacement Lender;



 


		(iii)	in
                                            the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no
                                            later than 60 days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender;



 


		(iv)	in
                                            no event shall the Lender replaced under this paragraph (c) be required to pay
                                            or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant
                                            to the Finance Documents; and



 


		(v)	the
                                            Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (b) above
                                            once it is satisfied that it has complied with (acting reasonably) all necessary “know
                                            your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in
                                            relation to that transfer.



 


		(d)	A
                                            Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (c)(v) above as soon as
                                            reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (b) above
                                            and shall notify the Agent and Holdco when it is satisfied that it has complied with those
                                            checks.



 


		37.5	Disenfranchisement
                                            of Defaulting Lenders



 


		(a)	For
                                            so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining:



 


		(i)	the
                                            Majority Lenders, the Majority USD Lenders or the Majority NGN Lenders; or



 


		(ii)	whether:



 


		(A)	any
                                            given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments
                                            under the relevant Facility/ies; or



 


		(B)	the
                                            agreement of any specified group of Lenders,



 


has been
obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting
Lender’s Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments under the relevant
Facility/ies and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender’s Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting
Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above.


 






    (145)


     


    

 


		(b)	For
                                            the purposes of this Clause 37.5, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are
                                            Defaulting Lenders:



 


		(i)	any
                                            Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; and



 


		(ii)	any
                                            Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred
                                            to in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”
                                            has occurred,



 


unless
it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent)
or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.


 


		37.6	Replacement
                                            of a Defaulting Lender



 


		(a)	Holdco
                                            may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving five
                                            Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender: replace such Lender
                                            by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer
                                            pursuant to Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its
                                            rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution
                                            or other entity (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by Holdco, which (unless
                                            the replacement Lender is already a Lender or the Agent is an Impaired Agent) has satisfied
                                            all the Agent’s “know your client” and other similar checks, which confirms
                                            its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations
                                            of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations
                                            or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender)
                                            for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal
                                            amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest
                                            (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 25.10 (Pro Rata
                                            Interest Settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under
                                            the Finance Documents.



 


		(b)	Any
                                            transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause 37.6
                                            shall be subject to the following conditions:



 


		(i)	Holdco
                                            shall have no right to replace the Agent;



 


		(ii)	neither
                                            the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to Holdco to find a Replacement
                                            Lender;



 


		(iii)	the
                                            transfer must take place no later than 60 days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above;



 


		(iv)	in
                                            no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender
                                            any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and



  


		(v)	the
                                            Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to
                                            paragraph (a) above, once it is satisfied that is has complied with (acting reasonably)
                                            all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable
                                            laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.



 


		(c)	The
                                            Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above
                                            as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above
                                            and shall notify the Agent and Holdco when it is satisfied that it has complied with those
                                            checks.



 






    (146)


     


    

 


		38.	Confidentiality



 


		38.1	Confidential
                                            Information



 


Each
Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted
by Clause 38.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with
security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.


 


		38.2	Disclosure
                                            of Confidential Information



 


Any Finance
Party may disclose:


 


		(a)	to
                                            any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional
                                            advisers, auditors, insurers, insurance brokers, service providers, partners and Representatives
                                            such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person
                                            to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is
                                            informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential
                                            Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement
                                            to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality
                                            of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to
                                            the Confidential Information;



 


		(b)	to
                                            any person:



 


		(i)	to
                                            (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or
                                            any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that
                                            person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;



 


		(ii)	with
                                            (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly,
                                            any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to
                                            be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or on or more Obligors
                                            and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;



 


		(iii)	appointed
                                            by any Finance Party or by a person to whom subparagraph (i) or (ii) above
                                            applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to
                                            the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed
                                            under paragraph (b) of Clause 28.15 (Relationship with the Lenders));



 


		(iv)	who
                                            invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly
                                            or indirectly, any transaction referred to in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;



 






    (147)


     


    

 


		(v)	to
                                            whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction
                                            or any governmental, banking, taxation, administrative, supervisory body, court, tribunal
                                            or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange
                                            or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;



 


		(vi)	to
                                            whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security
                                            (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 25.9 (Security over Lenders’ Rights);



 


		(vii)	to
                                            whom information is required by law or regulation to be disclosed in connection with, and
                                            for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations,
                                            proceedings or disputes;



 


		(viii)	who
                                            is a Party;



 


		(ix)	who
                                            is a direct and/or indirect providers of credit protection or brokers of such providers of
                                            credit protection; or



 


		(x)	with
                                            the consent of Holdco,



 


in each
case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:


 


		(A)	in
                                            relation to subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the person to whom
                                            the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking
                                            except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient
                                            is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality
                                            of the Confidential Information;



 


		(B)	in
                                            relation to subparagraph (iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information
                                            is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements
                                            of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed
                                            that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; or



 


		(C)	in
                                            relation to subparagraphs (v), (vi) and (vii) above, the person to whom the
                                            Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some
                                            or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there
                                            shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not
                                            practicable so to do in the circumstances;



 


		(c)	to
                                            any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or
                                            (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of
                                            one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading
                                            of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may
                                            be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services
                                            referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential
                                            Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in
                                            the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement
                                            Service Providers or such other form of Confidentiality Undertaking agreed between Holdco
                                            and the relevant Finance Party; and



 






    (148)


     


    

 


		(d)	to
                                            any rating agency (including its professional advisers), such Confidential Information as
                                            may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating
                                            activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency
                                            to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature
                                            and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.



 


		38.3	Entire
                                            Agreement



 


This
Clause 38 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance
Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential
Information.


 


		38.4	Inside
                                            Information



 


Each
of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that
the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing
and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.


 


		38.5	Notification
                                            of Disclosure



 


Each
of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform Holdco:


 


		(a)	of
                                            the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of
                                            Clause 38.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure
                                            is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of
                                            its supervisory or regulatory function; and



 


		(b)	upon
                                            becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 38.



 


		38.6	Continuing
                                            Obligations



 


The obligations
in this Clause 38 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 Months
from the earlier of:


 


		(a)	the
                                            date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance
                                            Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease
                                            to be available; and



 


		(b)	the
                                            date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.



 






    (149)


     


    

 



 


		39.	Confidentiality
                                            of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations



 


		39.1	Confidentiality
                                            and Disclosure



 


		(a)	The
                                            Agent and Holdco agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference
                                            Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted
                                            by paragraphs (b) and (c) below.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Agent may disclose:



 


		(i)	any
                                            Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the relevant
                                            Borrower pursuant to Clause 10.5 (Notification of Rates of Interest); and



 


		(ii)	any
                                            Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration
                                            services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable
                                            such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information
                                            is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of
                                            the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service
                                            Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and
                                            the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.



 


		(c)	The
                                            Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may
                                            disclose any Funding Rate, to:



 


		(i)	any
                                            of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers,
                                            auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference
                                            Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (i) is informed in
                                            writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except
                                            that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional
                                            obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation
                                            or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;



 


		(ii)	any
                                            person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent
                                            jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar
                                            body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or
                                            regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given
                                            is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information
                                            except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or
                                            the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;



 


		(iii)	any
                                            person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes
                                            of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes
                                            if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed
                                            in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except
                                            that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant
                                            Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and



 


		(iv)	any
                                            person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.



 






    (150)


     


    

 


		(d)	The
                                            Agent’s obligations in this Clause 39 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are
                                            without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 10.5 (Notification
                                            of Rates of Interest) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above)
                                            the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part
                                            of any such notification.



 


		39.2	Other
                                            Obligations



 


		(a)	The
                                            Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent,
                                            each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use
                                            may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating
                                            to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any
                                            Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful
                                            purpose.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the
                                            relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:



 


		(i)	of
                                            the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 39.1
                                            (Confidentiality and Disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the
                                            persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory
                                            function; and



 


		(ii)	upon
                                            becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 39.



 


		39.3	No
                                            Event of Default



 


No Default
or Event of Default will occur under Clause 24.3 (Other Obligations) by reason only of an Obligor’s failure to comply
with this Clause 39.


 


		40.	Counterparts



 


Each
Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts (each of which shall constitute an original), and this has the same effect
as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.


 


		41.	Contractual
                                            Recognition of Bail-In



 


Notwithstanding
any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges
and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In
Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:


 


		(a)	any
                                            Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):



 


		(i)	a
                                            reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including
                                            any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;



 


		(ii)	a
                                            conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership
                                            that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and



 


		(iii)	a
                                            cancellation of any such liability; and



 






    (151)


     


    




  


		(b)	a
                                            variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any
                                            Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.



 


Section 12

Governing Law and Enforcement


 





		42.	Governing
                                            Law



 


This
Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by and shall be construed in accordance
with, English law.


 


		43.	Enforcement



 


		43.1	Arbitration



 


		(a)	Subject
                                            to Clause 43.2 (Agent’s option), any dispute arising out of or in connection
                                            with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity, interpretation,
                                            performance or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligations arising
                                            out of, or in connection with, this Agreement (a “Dispute”), shall be
                                            referred to and finally resolved by arbitration under the Rules of the London Court
                                            of International Arbitration (LCIA) (the “Rules”).



 


		(b)	The
                                            arbitral tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators. The claimant(s), irrespective of number,
                                            shall nominate jointly one arbitrator; the respondent(s), irrespective of number, shall nominate
                                            jointly the second arbitrator, and a third arbitrator (who shall act as Chairman) shall be
                                            appointed by the arbitrators nominated by the claimant(s) and respondent(s) or,
                                            in the absence of agreement on the third arbitrator within 10 Business Days of the appointment
                                            of the second arbitrator, by the LCIA Court (as defined in the Rules).



 


		(c)	The
                                            Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Clause 43.1 and capitalised
                                            terms used in this Clause 43.1 which are not otherwise defined shall have the meaning
                                            given to them in the Rules.



 


		(d)	The
                                            seat, or legal place of arbitration, shall be in London, the United Kingdom.



 


		(e)	The
                                            language used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English and the language used in the arbitral
                                            proceedings shall be English. All documents submitted in connection with the proceedings
                                            shall be in English or, if in another language, accompanied by a certified English translation.



 


		(f)	For
                                            the purposes of arbitration pursuant to this Clause 43.1, the Parties waive any right
                                            of application to determine a preliminary point of law or appeal on a point of law under
                                            Sections 45 and 69 of the Arbitration Act 1996.



 


		(g)	This
                                            Clause 43.1 and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with
                                            it are governed by English law.



 


		(h)	Service
                                            of any Request for Arbitration (as defined in the Rules) made pursuant to this Clause 43.1
                                            must be made pursuant to the Rules at the address given for sending of notices under
                                            Clause 33 (Notices).



 


		(i)	Except
                                            as permitted under Clause 43.2 (Agent’s option), each Party agrees:



 


		(i)	not
                                            to commence, procure or participate in, or otherwise be involved in, any action or proceeding
                                            of any court or other tribunal with respect to a matter which is already the subject of arbitral
                                            proceedings commenced pursuant to this Clause 43.1 (except for compelling arbitration,
                                            restraining court proceedings brought in breach of the Finance Documents or initiating actions
                                            to obtain a judgment recognising or enforcing an arbitral award or any order for conservatory
                                            or provisional measures); and



 


		(ii)	to
                                            waive any right it may have to appeal any arbitral award or order, to the extent such waiver
                                            is permitted by law.



 


		(j)	The
                                            arbitration agreement shall be governed by the laws of England.





 






    (152)


     


    

 








		43.2	Agent’s
                                            option



 


Before
the Finance Parties have filed, as the case may be, a Request for Arbitration or Response (in each case, as defined in the Rules) the
Agent may (and shall, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders) by notice in writing to all other Parties require that all Disputes or
a specific Dispute be heard by a court of law. If the Agent gives such notice, the Dispute to which such notice refers shall be determined
in accordance with Clause 43.3 (Jurisdiction of English Courts).


 


		43.3	Jurisdiction
                                            of English Courts



 


		(a)	If
                                            the Agent issues a notice pursuant to Clause 43.2 (Agent’s option), the
                                            provisions of this Clause 43.3 shall apply.



 


		(b)	The
                                            courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.



 


		(c)	The
                                            Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to
                                            settle any Dispute and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.



 


		(d)	Notwithstanding
                                            paragraph (b) above, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings
                                            relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law,
                                            the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.



 


		43.4	Service
                                            of process



 


		(a)	Without
                                            prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other
                                            than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):



 


		(i)	irrevocably
                                            appoints IHS Africa (UK) Limited whose principal office is located at 25 Sackville Street,
                                            London, W1S 3AX as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before
                                            the English courts in connection with any Finance Documents; and



 


		(ii)	agrees
                                            that failure by an agent or the service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of the
                                            process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.



 


		(b)	If
                                            any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as
                                            agent for service of process, Holdco (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and
                                            in any event within five days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms
                                            acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.



 


		44.	Acknowledgement
                                            regarding any supported QFCs



 


		(a)	To
                                            the extent that the Finance Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise,
                                            for any agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”
                                            and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree
                                            as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
                                            under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform
                                            and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S.
                                            Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support
                                            (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Finance Documents and any
                                            Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or
                                            of the United States or any other state of the United States):



 






    (153)


     


    

 





		(b)	



 


		(i)	in
                                            the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”)
                                            becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such
                                            Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation
                                            in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing
                                            such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective
                                            to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime
                                            if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights
                                            in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
                                            In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to
                                            a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Finance Documents
                                            that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised
                                            against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default
                                            Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and
                                            the Finance Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United
                                            States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and
                                            remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the
                                            rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.



 


		(c)	As
                                            used in this Clause 44, the following terms have the following meanings:



 


“BHC
Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with,
12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.


 


“Covered
Entity” means any of the following:


 


		(i)	a
                                            “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with,
                                            12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);



 


		(ii)	a
                                            “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with,
                                            12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or



 


		(iii)	a
                                            “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with,
                                            12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).



 


“Default
Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2
or 382.1, as applicable.


 


“QFC”
has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C.
5390(c)(8)(D).


 


This
Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.


 






    (154)


     


    

 


Schedule 1


 


The Original
Parties


 


Part 1     

The Original Guarantors


 


	

    Name
	Jurisdiction
    of incorporation and registration number (if any and prior to any Permitted Re-domiciliation)

	IHS
    Netherlands Holdco B.V.	The
    Netherlands, registration number 66017912
	IHS
    Netherlands NG1 B.V.	The
    Netherlands, registration number 66030390
	IHS
    Netherlands NG2 B.V.	The
    Netherlands, registration number 66030501
	IHS
    Towers NG Limited	Nigeria,
    registration number 448308
	IHS
    (Nigeria) Limited	Nigeria,
    registration number 407609
	INT
    Towers Limited	Nigeria,
    registration number 1222736
	Nigeria
    Tower Interco B.V.	The
    Netherlands, registration number 61341088
	IHS
    Holding Limited	Mauritius,
    registration number 111344


 


Part 2     The
Original Lenders


 


	Name of Original Lender	 	Facility A
 Commitment
 (USD)	 	 	Facility B
 Commitment
 (Base Currency Amount)	 
	Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)	 	 	101,666,666.67	 	 	 	-	 
	Access Bank Plc	 	 	-	 	 	 	130,000,000.00	 
	Citibank, N.A., London Branch	 	 	101,666,666.67	 	 	 	-	 
	Citibank Nigeria Limited	 	 	-	 	 	 	40,000,000.00	 
	Ecobank Nigeria Limited	 	 	-	 	 	 	100,000,000.00	 
	FirstRand Bank Limited (London Branch), acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division	 	 	36,666,666.67	 	 	 	-	 
	Goldman Sachs Bank USA	 	 	101,666,666.67	 	 	 	-	 
	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch	 	 	101,666,666.67	 	 	 	-	 
	RMB International (Mauritius) Ltd	 	 	65,000,000.00	 	 	 	-	 
	Rand Merchant Bank Nigeria Limited	 	 	-	 	 	 	20,000,000.00	 
	Standard Chartered Bank	 	 	101,666,666.67	 	 	 	-	 
	United Bank for Africa Plc	 	 	-	 	 	 	100,000,000.00	 
	Total:	 	 	610,000,000	 	 	 	390,000,000	 



 






    (155)


     


    

 


Schedule 2


 


Conditions Precedent


 


		Part
                          1	Conditions
                                            Precedent to Utilisation



 


		1.	Obligors
                                            (other than Dutch Obligors)



 


		(a)	A
                                            copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor, each certified by an authorised signatory
                                            of, as applicable, the relevant Obligor and in respect of the Borrowers, certified by the
                                            Nigerian Corporate Affairs Commission (and for the purposes of such certification by the
                                            Nigerian Corporate Affairs Commission, photocopies (certified by an authorised signatory
                                            of the relevant Obligor) of the certified true copies issued by the Nigerian Corporate Affairs
                                            Commission can be provided).



 


		(b)	A
                                            copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor:



 


		(i)	approving
                                            the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is
                                            a party and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Finance Documents to which
                                            it is a party;



 


		(ii)	authorising
                                            a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on
                                            its behalf;



 


		(iii)	authorising
                                            a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices
                                            (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under
                                            or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and



 


		(iv)	in
                                            the case of an Obligor other than Holdco, authorising Holdco to act as its agent in connection
                                            with the Finance Documents.



 


		(c)	To
                                            the extent required, a copy of the resolution of the shareholder(s) of each Nigerian
                                            Obligor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents
                                            to which the Obligor is a party.



 


		(d)	A
                                            specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above
                                            in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party.



 


		(e)	A
                                            certificate of an authorised signatory of each Obligor:



 


		(i)	confirming
                                            that borrowing or guaranteeing (as applicable) the Total Commitments would not cause any
                                            borrowing, guaranteeing (as applicable) or similar limit binding on it to be breached; and



 


		(ii)	certifying
                                            that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 2 is correct, complete
                                            and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier
                                            than the date of this Agreement.



 


		2.	Dutch
                                            Obligors



 


		(a)	A
                                            copy of the articles of association (statuten) and deed of incorporation (oprichtingsakte)
                                            and an extract (uittreksel) from the Dutch Commercial Register (Handelsregister)
                                            of each Dutch Obligor.



 


		(b)	A
                                            copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Dutch Obligor:



 






    (156)


     


    

 


		(i)	approving
                                            the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is
                                            a party and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Finance Documents to which
                                            it is a party;



 


		(ii)	authorising
                                            a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on
                                            its behalf;



 


		(iii)	authorising
                                            a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices
                                            (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under
                                            or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and



 


		(iv)	in
                                            the case of a Dutch Obligor other than Holdco, authorising Holdco to act as its agent in
                                            connection with the Finance Documents.



 


		(c)	If
                                            applicable, a copy of the resolution of the shareholder(s) of each Dutch Obligor approving
                                            the resolutions of the board of managing directors referred to under (b) above.



 


		(d)	In
                                            relation to each Dutch Obligor, a positive advice (advies) from the competent works
                                            council(s) (which, if conditional, contains conditions which can reasonably be complied
                                            with and would not cause and are not reasonably likely to cause a breach of any term of any
                                            Finance Document) and the related request for advice in respect of the transactions contemplated
                                            by the Finance Documents or a confirmation by the management board of the relevant Dutch
                                            Obligor that no works council (ondernemingsraad) having jurisdiction over the relevant
                                            Dutch Obligor has been installed and no action has been taken for the installation of such
                                            works council.



 


		(e)	A
                                            specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above
                                            in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party.



 


		(f)	A
                                            certificate of an authorised signatory of each Dutch Obligor:



 


		(i)	confirming
                                            that borrowing or guaranteeing (as applicable) the Total Commitments would not cause any
                                            borrowing, guaranteeing (as applicable) or similar limit binding on it to be breached; and



 


		(ii)	certifying
                                            that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 2 is correct, complete
                                            and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier
                                            than the date of this Agreement.



 


		3.	Finance
                                            Documents



 


		(a)	This
                                            Agreement executed by each Obligor.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Fee Letters executed by Holdco.



 


		(c)	The
                                            Syndication Letter executed by Holdco.



 


		(d)	The
                                            Subordination Agreement executed by Holdco, IHS Holding and each Borrower.



 


		4.	Legal
                                            Opinions



 


		(a)	A
                                            legal opinion addressed to the Agent and the Original Lenders of Clifford Chance LLP, legal
                                            advisers to the Agent and the Arrangers as to matters of English law, substantially in the
                                            form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.



 






    (157)


     


    

 


		(b)	A
                                            legal opinion addressed to the Agent and the Original Lenders of Clifford Chance LLP, legal
                                            advisers to the Agent and the Arrangers as to matters of Netherlands law, substantially in
                                            the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.



 


		(c)	A
                                            legal opinion addressed to the Agent and the Original Lenders of Aluko & Oyebode,
                                            legal advisers to the Agent and the Arrangers as to matters of Nigerian law, substantially
                                            in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.



 


		5.	Other
                                            Documents and Evidence



 


		(a)	A
                                            copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers
                                            to be necessary (if it has notified Holdco accordingly prior to the date of this Agreement)
                                            in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any
                                            Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.



 


		(b)	A
                                            copy of the Funds Flow Statement.



 


		(c)	A
                                            copy of the Financial Plan.



 


		(d)	A
                                            copy of the Group Structure Chart.



 


		(e)	A
                                            copy of the Structuring Memorandum.



 


		(f)	Evidence
                                            that:



 


		(i)	all
                                            amounts outstanding under the INT Towers Facility and the IHS Nigeria Facility will be refinanced
                                            and discharged in full; and



 


		(ii)	any
                                            and all Security and guarantees granted by the Group in relation to the INT Towers Facility
                                            and the IHS Nigeria Facility will be released,



 


in each
case, promptly upon the first Utilisation, which will be in the form of copies of the pay-off letters in relation to the INT Towers Facility
and the IHS Nigeria Facility and copies of each of the Deeds of Release (as defined in each pay-off letter), in each case, signed by
each Obligor or Affiliate of an Obligor which is a party to such pay-off letter or Deed of Release.


 


		(g)	Copies
                                            of:



 


		(i)	prepayment
                                            notices and call notices; and



 


		(ii)	irrevocable
                                            payment instructions or a Utilisation Request instructing and authorising the Agent to disburse
                                            the Loans in part or in full (in an amount sufficient for the refinancing of the existing
                                            Financial Indebtedness as set out in the Funds Flow Statement) directly to the relevant parties,
                                            in a manner consistent with applicable laws,



 


in each
case, for the purposes of prepayment of the existing Financial Indebtedness as set out in the Funds Flow Statement.


 






    (158)


     


    

 



 


		(h)	A
                                            certificate signed by the chief financial officer or director of Holdco confirming that the
                                            Bond pricing has occurred in respect of the Bonds in the amount of USD 800,000,000 or more,
                                            with maturity falling at least 179 days after the Termination Date and on terms no more favourable
                                            to the Holdco as issuer than the terms of this Agreement, attaching the press release and
                                            confirming the closing date in respect of the Bonds that is consistent with the Funds Flow
                                            Statement and proposed first Utilisation Date (and if there are any conditions to the closing
                                            of the Bond listing such conditions).



 


		(i)	A
                                            copy of each financial statement required to be delivered under the Bonds on or prior to
                                            the proposed Utilisation Date, including Holdco’s reviewed consolidated financial statements
                                            in respect of the financial half-year ended 30 June 2018, Holdco’s audited annual
                                            consolidated financial statements in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2018
                                            (together with pro forma calculations in respect of INT Towers) Holdco’s reviewed consolidated
                                            financial statements in respect of the financial half-year ended 30 June 2019 (together
                                            with pro forma calculations in respect of INT Towers).



 


		(j)	Evidence
                                            that completion of the INT Transfer will occur on the first Utilisation Date, which will
                                            be in the form of:



 


		(i)	a
                                            notarial letter entered into between Holdco, the Agent and a Dutch notary;



 


		(ii)	a
                                            power of attorney entered into between IHS Netherlands (Interco) Coöperatief U.A. and
                                            a Dutch notary, authorising the Dutch notary to execute the INT Transfer Deed on behalf of
                                            IHS Netherlands (Interco) Coöperatief U.A.; and



 


		(iii)	a
                                            power of attorney entered into between Nigeria Tower Interco B.V. and a Dutch notary, authorising
                                            the Dutch notary to execute the INT Transfer Deed on behalf of Nigeria Tower Interco B.V..



 


		(k)	Evidence
                                            that any process agent appointed under this Agreement has accepted its appointment.



 


		(l)	Evidence
                                            that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Obligors under this Agreement have been
                                            paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.



 


		(m)	Evidence
                                            from each Lender that all of their “Know Your Customer” requirements have been
                                            satisfactorily completed.



 






    (159)


     


    

 


Part 2


 


Conditions Precedent required to
be delivered by an Additional Guarantor


 


		1.	In
                                            relation to Additional Guarantors (other than Dutch Obligors):



 


		(a)	A
                                            copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Guarantor and, and in respect of the
                                            an Additional Guarantor incorporated in Nigeria, certified by the Nigerian Corporate Affairs
                                            Commission (and for the purposes of such certification by the Nigerian Corporate Affairs
                                            Commission, photocopies (certified by an authorised signatory of the relevant Additional
                                            Guarantor) of the certified true copies issued by the Nigerian Corporate Affairs Commission
                                            can be provided).



 


		(b)	A
                                            copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Guarantor:



 


		(i)	approving
                                            the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Deed and the Finance Documents
                                            and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Accession Deed and any other Finance
                                            Document to which it is party;



 


		(ii)	authorising
                                            a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Deed and other Finance Documents on
                                            its behalf;



 


		(iii)	authorising
                                            a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents
                                            and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance
                                            Documents to which it is a party; and



 


		(iv)	authorising
                                            Holdco to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents



 


		(c)	A
                                            specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.



 


		(d)	A
                                            certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Guarantor:



 


		(i)	confirming
                                            that guaranteeing the Total Commitments would not cause any guarantee or similar limit binding
                                            on it to be exceeded; and



 


		(ii)	certifying
                                            that each copy document listed in this Part 2 of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and
                                            in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than
                                            the date of the Accession Deed.



 


		2.	In
                                            relation to Additional Guarantors (that is a Dutch Obligor):



 


		(a)	A
                                            copy of the articles of association (statuten) and deed of incorporation (oprichtingsakte)
                                            and an extract (uittreksel) from the Dutch Commercial Register (Handelsregister)
                                            of each Dutch Obligor.



 


		(b)	A
                                            copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Guarantor:



 


		(i)	approving
                                            the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Deed and the Finance Documents
                                            and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Accession Deed and any other Finance
                                            Document to which it is party;



 


		(ii)	authorising
                                            a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Deed and other Finance Documents on
                                            its behalf;



 






    (160)


     


    

 


		(iii)	authorising
                                            a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents
                                            and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance
                                            Documents to which it is a party; and



  


		(iv)	authorising
                                            Holdco to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents



 


		(c)	If
                                            applicable, a copy of the resolution of the shareholder(s) of the Additional Guarantor
                                            approving the resolutions of the board of managing directors referred to under (b) above.



 


		(d)	A
                                            positive advice (advies) from the competent works council(s) (which, if conditional,
                                            contains conditions which can reasonably be complied with and would not cause and are not
                                            reasonably likely to cause a breach of any term of any Finance Document) and the related
                                            request for advice in respect of the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or
                                            a confirmation by the management board of the Additional Guarantor that no works council
                                            (ondernemingsraad) having jurisdiction over the Additional Guarantor has been installed
                                            and no action has been taken for the installation of such works council.



 


		(e)	A
                                            specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.



 


		(f)	A
                                            certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Guarantor:



 


		(i)	confirming
                                            that guaranteeing the Total Commitments would not cause any guarantee or similar limit binding
                                            on it to be exceeded; and



 


		(ii)	certifying
                                            that each copy document listed in this Part 2 of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and
                                            in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than
                                            the date of the Accession Deed.



 


		3.	A
                                            copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers
                                            to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions
                                            contemplated by the Accession Deed or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance
                                            Document.



 


		4.	The
                                            following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent and the Lenders:



 


		(a)	A
                                            legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in England, as to English law in the form
                                            distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.



 


		(b)	If
                                            the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or
                                            is executing a Finance Document which is governed by a law other than English law, a legal
                                            opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, or,
                                            as the case may be, the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document (the “Applicable
                                            Jurisdiction”) as to the law of the Applicable Jurisdiction and in the form distributed
                                            to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.



 


		5.	If
                                            the proposed Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and
                                            Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in Clause 43.4 (Service of Process),
                                            if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Guarantor.



 


		6.	Evidence
                                            from each Lender that all of their “Know Your Customer” requirements have been
                                            satisfactorily completed.



 






    (161)


     


    

 


Schedule 3


 


Utilisation
Request


 


 


	From:	[Holdco/ Borrower]
	 
	To:	[Agent]




 


Dated: [●]


 


Dear Sirs


 


IHS Netherlands
Holdco B.V. – USD1,000,000,000] Facilities Agreement

dated [●] (the Facilities Agreement)


 


		1.	We
                                            refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Facilities
                                            Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning
                                            in this Utilisation Request.



 


		2.	We
                                            wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:



 


	(a)	Borrower:	[●]
	 	 	 
	(b)	Facility
    to be utilised:	[Facility
    A]/[Facility B]
	 	 	 
	(c)	Proposed
    Utilisation Date:	[●]
    (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
	 	 	 
	(d)	Currency
    of Loan:	[USD]
    [NGN]
	 	 	 
	(e)	Amount:	[●]1
    or, if less, the Available Facility
	 	 	 
	(f)	Interest
    Period:	[●]



 


		3.	We
                                            confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further Conditions Precedent)
                                            is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.



 


		4.	[This
                                            Loan is to be made in [whole]/[part] for the purpose of [identify purpose of loan]



 


		5.	[The
                                            proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account]].



 


		6.	This
                                            Utilisation Request is irrevocable.



 


“WARNING:
Please seek Dutch legal advice (i) until the interpretation of the term “public” (as referred to in Article 4.1(1) of
the CRR) has been published by the competent authority, if the share of a Lender in any Utilisation requested by a Dutch Borrower is
less than EUR 100,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and (ii) as soon as the interpretation of the term “public”
has been published by the competent authority, if the Lender is considered to be part of the public on the basis of such interpretation.”


 


 






1 To be expressed in the
Base Currency  


 






    (162)


     


    

 


Yours faithfully


 


authorised signatory for

[Holdco/the Borrower]


 






    (163)


     


    

 


Schedule 4


 


Form of
Transfer Certificate


  


	To:	[●]
                                            as Agent



 


	From:	[The
                                            Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender]
                                            (the “New Lender”)



 


Dated: [●]


 


IHS Netherlands
Holdco B.V. – USD1,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement

dated [●] (the Facilities Agreement)


 


		1.	We
                                            refer to the Facilities Agreement. This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall
                                            take effect as a Transfer Certificate for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement. Terms
                                            defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given
                                            a different meaning in this Agreement.



 


		2.	We
                                            refer to Clause 25.6 (Procedure for Transfers) of the Facilities Agreement:



 


		(a)	The
                                            Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender
                                            by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations
                                            referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 25.6 (Procedure for Transfers).



 


		(b)	The
                                            proposed Transfer Date is [●].



 


		(c)	The
                                            Facilities Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender
                                            for the purposes of Clause 33.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.



 


		3.	The
                                            New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations
                                            set out in Clause 25.4(a) (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).



 


		4.	This
                                            Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (each of which shall constitute an
                                            original) and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a
                                            single copy of this Agreement. Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by email attachment
                                            or telecopy shall be an effective mode of delivery.



 


		5.	This
                                            Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are
                                            governed, by and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.



 


		6.	This
                                            Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.



 


“WARNING:
Please seek Dutch legal advice (i) until the interpretation of the term “public” (as referred to in Article 4.1(1) of
the CRR) has been published by the competent authority, if the participation of a Lender in a Facility is less than EUR 100,000
(or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and (ii) as soon as the interpretation of the term “public”
has been published by the competent authority, if a Lender is or would be considered to be part of the public on the basis of such
interpretation.”


 






    (164)


     


    

 


The Schedule


  


Commitment/Rights
and Obligations to be Transferred


 


[insert relevant
details]


 


[Facility Office
address, fax number, email address and

attention details for notices and account details for payments]


 


[Existing
Lender]

MEI:


 


By:


 


[New
Lender]

MEI:


 


By:


 


This Agreement
is accepted as a Transfer Certificate for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as
[●].


 


[Agent]


 


By:


 






    (165)


     


    

 


Schedule 5


 


Form of
Assignment Agreement


  


	To:	[●]
                                            as Agent and [●] as Holdco



 


	From:	[the
                                            Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [the New Lender]
                                            (the “New Lender”)



 


Dated: [●]


 


IHS Netherlands
Holdco B.V. – USD1,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement

dated [●] (the Facilities Agreement)


 


		1.	We
                                            refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. This agreement (the Agreement)
                                            shall take effect as an Assignment Agreement for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement.
                                            Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless
                                            given a different meaning in this Agreement.



 


		2.	We
                                            refer to Clause 25.7(c)(i) (Procedure for Assignment) of the Facilities
                                            Agreement:



 


		(a)	The
                                            Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender
                                            under the Facilities Agreement, the other Finance Documents which correspond to that portion
                                            of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Loans under the Facilities
                                            Agreement as specified in the Schedule.



 


		(b)	The
                                            Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond
                                            to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Loans under
                                            the Facilities Agreement specified in the Schedule.



 


		(c)	The
                                            New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from
                                            which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.



 


		3.	The
                                            proposed Transfer Date is [●].



 


		4.	On
                                            the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the relevant Finance Documents as a Lender.



 


		5.	The
                                            Facilities Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender
                                            for the purposes of Clause 33.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.



 


		6.	The
                                            New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations
                                            set out in Clause 25.5(a) (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).



 


		7.	This
                                            Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and to Holdco of
                                            the assignment referred to in this Agreement.



 


		8.	This
                                            Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (each of which shall constitute an
                                            original) and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a
                                            single copy of this Agreement. Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by email attachment
                                            or telecopy shall be an effective mode of delivery.



 


		9.	This
                                            Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are
                                            governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.



 


		10.	This
                                            Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.



 


“WARNING:
Please seek Dutch legal advice (i) until the interpretation of the term “public” (as referred to in Article 4.1(1) of
the CRR) has been published by the competent authority, if the participation of a Lender in a Facility is less than EUR 100,000
(or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and (ii) as soon as the interpretation of the term “public” has been published
by the competent authority, if a Lender is or would be considered to be part of the public on the basis of such interpretation.”


 






    (166)


     


    

 


The Schedule


 


Commitment/Rights
and Obligations to be Transferred

by Assignment, Release and Accession


 


[insert relevant
details]


 


[Facility office
address, email and

attention details for notices and account details for payments]


 


[Existing
Lender]

MEI:


 


By:


 


[New
Lender]

MEI:


 


By:


 


This Agreement
is accepted as an Assignment Agreement for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as
[●].


 


Signature of this
Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which
notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.


 


[Agent]


 


By:


 






    (167)


     


    

 



 


Schedule 6


 


Form of
Compliance Certificate


  


	To:	[●] as Agent




 


	From:	[IHS Holding]




 


Dated: [●]


 


Dear Sirs


 


IHS Netherlands
Holdco B.V. – USD1,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement dated [●] (the Facilities Agreement)


 


		1.	We
                                            refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the
                                            Facilities Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless
                                            given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.



 


		2.	We
                                            confirm that:



 


		(a)	On
                                            the last day of the Relevant Period ending on [●] Net Financial Indebtedness was [●]
                                            and EBITDA for such Relevant Period was [●]. Therefore the Leverage Ratio at such time
                                            [did/did not] exceed [●] times for such Relevant Period and the covenant contained
                                            in paragraph (a) (Leverage Ratio) of Clause 22.2 (Financial Condition)
                                            [has/has not] been complied with.



 


		(b)	In
                                            respect of the Relevant Period ending on [●] EBITDA was [●] and Net Cash Finance
                                            Interest Adjusted For Leases for such Relevant Period was [●]. Therefore the Interest
                                            Coverage Ratio at such time [did/did not] exceed [●] times for such Relevant Period
                                            and the covenant contained in paragraph (b) (Interest Coverage Ratio) of
                                            Clause 22.2 (Financial Condition) [has/has not] been complied with.



 


		(c)	The
                                            Leverage Ratio is [●]:1 and that, therefore the Margin for Facility A should be [●]%.



 


		(d)	[We
                                            have received an Additional Investment in an amount of USD[●] which has been applied
                                            in accordance with Clause 22.4 (Equity Cure).]



 


Signed:

For and on behalf of

[IHS Holding]


 


[Officer]


 






    (168)


     


    

 


Schedule 7


 


Timetables


  


	 	Loans
                                            in USD
	 
	Loans
                                            in NGN

	 	 	 	 
	Agent
    notifies the Lenders of the NGN Equivalent in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ Participation)	 

     
	U
                                – 1

    3.00 p.m.

	 	 	 
	Delivery
    of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request))	In
                                            relation to the first Utilisation Request

     

    U – 2

    11.00 a.m.

     

    In relation
    to each subsequent Utilisation Request:

     

    U – 3

    11.00 a.m.
	In
                                relation to the first Utilisation Request

     

    U – 2

    11.00 a.m.

     

    In relation
    to each subsequent Utilisation Request:

     

    U – 3

    11.00 a.m.

	 	 	 
	Agent
    notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ Participation)	U
    – 1

    3.00 p.m.	U –
    1

    3.00 p.m.
	 	 	 
	LIBOR
    is fixed	Quotation
    Day as of 11.00 a.m	N/A
	 	 	 
	NIBOR
    is fixed	N/A	Quotation
    Day as of 11.00 a.m
	“U”
    = date of utilisation or, if applicable, in the case of a Loan that has already been borrowed, the first day of the relevant
    Interest Period for that Loan	 	 
	 	 	 
	“U
    – X” = X Business Days prior to date of utilization	 	 
	 	 	 
	Time
    = Lagos Time	 	 


 






    (169)


     


    

 


Schedule 8


 


Forms of Notifiable
Debt Purchase Transaction Notice


  


Part 1


Form of Notice on entering into
Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction


 


	To:	[●] as Agent




 


	From:	[The Lender]




 


Dated:


 


IHS Netherlands
Holdco B.V. – USD1,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement dated [●] (the Facilities Agreement)


 


		1.	We
                                            refer to paragraph (b) of Clause 26.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase
                                            Transactions entered into by Affiliates) of the Facilities Agreement. Terms defined in
                                            the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning
                                            in this notice.



 


		2.	We
                                            have entered into a Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction.



 


		3.	The
                                            Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the
                                            amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.



 


	 	Commitment	Amount
    of our Commitment to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates (Base Currency)
	 	 	 
	 	[Facility
    A Commitment	[insert
    amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies]
	 	 	 
	 	Facility
    B Commitment	[insert
    amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies]


 


[Lender]


 


By:


 



    (170)


     


    




 


Part 2     


Form of
Notice on termination of Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction/Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction ceasing to be with Sponsor Affiliate


   


	To:	[●] as Agent




 


	From:	[The Lender]




 


Dated:


 


IHS Netherlands
Holdco B.V. – USD1,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement dated [●] (the Facilities Agreement)


 


		1.	We
                                            refer to paragraph (c) of Clause 26.2 (Disenfranchisement on Debt Purchase
                                            Transactions entered into by Affiliates) of the Facilities Agreement. Terms defined in
                                            the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning
                                            in this notice.



 


		2.	A
                                            Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction which we entered into and which we notified you of in
                                            a notice dated [●] has [terminated]/[ceased to be with a Sponsor Affiliate].



 


		3.	The
                                            Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction referred to in paragraph 2 above relates to the
                                            amount of our Commitment(s) as set out below.



 


	 	Commitment	Amount of our Commitment
    to which Notifiable Debt Purchase Transaction relates (Base Currency)
	 	 	 
	 	[Facility
    A Commitment	[insert
    amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies]
	 	 	 
	 	Facility
    B Commitment	[insert
    amount (of that Commitment) to which the relevant Debt Purchase Transaction applies]


 


[Lender]


 


By:


 






    (171)


     


    

 


Schedule 9


 


Prohibited Activities


  


		·	Production
                                            or activities involving harmful or exploitative forms of forced labour/harmful child labour.



 


		·	Production
                                            or trade in any product or activity deemed illegal under host country laws or regulations
                                            or international conventions and agreements.



 


		·	Production
                                            or trade in weapons and munitions.



 


		·	Production
                                            or trade in alcoholic beverages (excluding beer and wine).



 


		·	Production
                                            or trade in tobacco.



 


		·	Gambling,
                                            casinos and equivalent enterprises.



 


		·	Trade
                                            in wildlife or wildlife products regulated under Convention on International Trade in Endangered
                                            Species of Wild Fauna and Flora.



 


		·	Production
                                            or trade in radioactive materials.



 


		·	Production
                                            or trade in or use of unbonded asbestos fibers.



 


		·	Commercial
                                            logging operations or the purchase of logging equipment for use in primary tropical moist
                                            forest (prohibited by the Forestry policy).



 


		·	Production
                                            or trade in products containing PCBs.



 


		·	Production
                                            or trade in pharmaceuticals subject to international phase outs or bans.



 


		·	Production
                                            or trade in pesticides/herbicides subject to international phase out.



 


		·	Production
                                            or trade in ozone depleting substances subject to international phase out.



 


		·	Drift
                                            net fishing in the marine environment using nets in excess of 2.5 km in length.



 


		·	Knowingly
                                            provide or permit to be provided any product or services (or any text, pictures, graphics,
                                            sound, video, or other data in connection with any services) that:



 


		·	infringe
                                            on any third party’s copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret or other proprietary
                                            rights or rights or publicity of privacy;



 


		·	violate
                                            any law, statute, ordinance or regulation (including, without limitation, the laws and regulations
                                            governing export control);



 


		·	are
                                            defamatory, trade libelous, unlawfully threatening or harassing;



 


		·	are
                                            obscene or pornographic or contain child pornography;



 


		·	violate
                                            any laws regarding competition, privacy, anti-discrimination or false advertising; or



 


		·	contain
                                            any viruses, Trojan horses, worms, time-bombs, cancel bots or other computer routines that
                                            are intended to damage, detrimentally interfere with, surreptitiously intercept or expropriate
                                            any system, data or personal information.



  



    (172)


     


    




 


Schedule 10


 


Form of
Accession Deed


  


	To:	[●]
                                            as Agent for itself and each of the other parties to the Subordination Agreement referred
                                            to below



 


	From:	[Subsidiary] and [Holdco]




 


Dated:


 


Dear Sirs


 


IHS
Netherlands Holdco B.V. – USD1,000,000,000] Facilities Agreement dated [●] (the Facilities Agreement)


 


		1.	We
                                            refer to the Facilities Agreement and to the Subordination Agreement. This deed (the “Accession
                                            Deed”) shall take effect as an Accession Deed for the purposes of the Facilities
                                            Agreement and as a [Debtor Accession Deed] for the purposes of the Subordination Agreement
                                            (and as defined in the Subordination Agreement). Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement
                                            have the same meaning in this Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Accession
                                            Deed.



 


		2.	[Subsidiary]
                                            agrees to become an Additional Guarantor and to be bound by the terms of the Facilities Agreement
                                            and the other Finance Documents as an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 27.2 (Additional
                                            Guarantors) of the Facilities Agreement. [Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated
                                            under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction] and is a limited liability company
                                            with registered number [●].



 


		3.	[Subsidiary’s]
                                            administrative details for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement and the Subordination
                                            Agreement are as follows:



 


Address:


 


Email:


 


Attention:


 


		4.	Terms
                                            defined in the Subordination Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined in this Accession
                                            Deed, bear the same meaning when used in this paragraph [4].



 


		5.	[Subsidiary]
                                            confirms that it intends to be party to the Subordination Agreement as a debtor, undertakes
                                            to perform all the obligations expressed to be assumed by a debtor under the Subordination
                                            Agreement and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Subordination Agreement
                                            as if it had been an original party to the Subordination Agreement.



 


		6.	This
                                            Accession Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it
                                            are governed by English law.



 


THIS
ACCESSION DEED has been signed on behalf of Holdco and executed as a deed by [Subsidiary]
and is delivered on the date stated above.


 


[Subsidiary]


 






    (173)


     


    

 


[EXECUTED AS A
DEED


  


By: [Subsidiary]


 


		Director




 


		Director/Secretary]




 


Holdco


 


	For
    and on behalf of	 
	IHS
    Netherlands Holdco B.V.	 


 


By:


 


The Agent


 


For and on behalf
of


 


[Full Name of
Current Agent]


 


By:


 


Date:


 






    (174)


     


    

 


Schedule 11


 


Form of
Additional Increase Confirmation


   


		To:	[●] as
                                            Agent and IHS Netherlands Holdco B.V. as Holdco, for and on behalf of each Obligor



 


	From:	[The Additional Increase Lender] (the “Additional
  Increase Lender”)




 


Dated:


 


IHS
Netherlands Holdco B.V. – USD1,000,000,000 Facilities Agreement dated [●] (the Facilities Agreement)


 


		1.	We
                                            refer to the Facilities Agreement. This agreement (the “Agreement”) shall
                                            take effect as an Additional Increase Confirmation for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement.
                                            Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless
                                            given a different meaning in this Agreement.



 


		2.	We
                                            refer to Clause 2.2 (Additional Increase) of the Facilities Agreement.



 


		3.	The
                                            Additional Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding
                                            to the Facility B Commitment specified in the Schedule (the “Relevant Commitment”)
                                            as if it was an Original Lender under the Facilities Agreement.



 


		4.	The
                                            proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Additional Increase Lender and the
                                            Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “Additional Increase Date”)
                                            is [●].



 


		5.	On
                                            the Additional Increase Date, the Additional Increase Lender becomes party to the relevant
                                            Finance Documents as a Lender.



 


		6.	The
                                            Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Additional
                                            Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 33.2 (Addresses) are set out in the
                                            Schedule.



 


		7.	The
                                            Additional Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations
                                            referred to in paragraph (d) of Clause 2.2 (Additional Increase).



 


		8.	The
                                            Additional Increase Lender confirms that it is not a Sponsor Affiliate.



 


		9.	This
                                            Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if
                                            the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.



 


		10.	This
                                            Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are
                                            governed by English law.



 


		11.	This
                                            Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.



 






    (175)


     


    

 


The Schedule


  


Relevant
Facility B Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Additional Increase Lender


 


[insert
relevant details]


 


[Facility
office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]


 


[Additional Increase
Lender]


 


By:


 


This Agreement
is accepted as an Additional Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent and the Additional Increase
Date is confirmed as [●].


 


	Agent	 
	By:	 


 









    (176)


     


    

 



 


Schedule
12


 


Compounded
Rate Terms


 


	CURRENCY:	Dollars.
	 	 
	Cost
    of funds as a fallback	Cost
    of funds will apply as a fallback.
	 	 
	Definitions	 
	 	 
	Additional
    Business Days:	An
    RFR Banking Day.
	 	 
	Break
    Costs:	None
    specified.
	 	 
	Business
    Day Conventions (definition of 

    "Month" and Clause 11.2 (Non-Business Days)):	(a) 	If
    any period is expressed to accrue by reference to a Month or any number of Months then, in respect of the last Month of that period:  



 


	 	(i)	subject
    to paragraph (iii) below, if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business
    Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business
    Day;
	 	 
	 	(ii)	if
    there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last
    Business Day in that calendar month; and
	 	 
	 	(iii)	if
    an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in
    the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.



 


	 	(b)	If an Interest
  Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in
  that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).




 


	Central
Bank Rate:	(a)	The
short-term interest rate target set by the US Federal Open Market Committee as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York from
time to time; or
	 	 
	 	(b)	if that
target is not a single figure, the arithmetic mean of:




 


	 	(i)	the upper bound of the short-term
  interest rate target range set by the US Federal Open Market Committee and published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; and
	 	 
	 	(ii)	the lower bound of that target range.



 






    (177)


     


    

 



	Central
    Bank Rate Adjustment:	In
                                            relation to the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business on any RFR Banking Day,
                                            the 20 per cent. trimmed arithmetic mean (calculated by the Agent, or by any other Finance
                                            Party which agrees to do so in place of the Agent) of the Central Bank Rate Spreads for the
                                            five most immediately preceding RFR Banking Days for which the RFR is available.

                                                          

    For
    this purpose, “Central Bank Rate Spread” means, in relation to any RFR Banking Day, the difference (expressed
    as a percentage rate per annum) calculated by the Agent (or by any other Finance Party which agrees to do so in place of the Agent)
    between:

     

	 	(a)       	the
    RFR for that RFR Banking Day; and
	 	 
	 	(b)       	the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business
    on that RFR Banking Day.
	 	 
	Credit
    Adjustment Spread:	To
    be determined between the Agent (acting on the instruction of the Majority USD Lenders) and Holdco, in each case, acting reasonably.
	 	 
	Daily
    Rate:	The
    "Daily Rate" for any RFR Banking Day is:
	 	 
	 	(a)	the
    RFR for that RFR Banking Day; or
	 	 
	 	(b)       	if
    the RFR is not available for that RFR Banking Day, the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:
	 	 
	 	 

    (i)       the
    Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day ; and

     

    (ii)       the
    applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment; or

	 	 
	 	(c)       	if
    paragraph (b) above applies but the Central Bank Rate for that RFR Banking Day is not available, the percentage rate per
    annum which is the aggregate of:



 





	 	(i)	the most recent Central Bank Rate for a day which is no more than three RFR Banking
  Days before that RFR Banking Day; and
	 	 
	 	(ii)	the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment,


 






    (178)


     


    

 


	 	rounded,
    in either case, to four decimal places and if, in either case, the aggregate of that rate and the applicable Credit Adjustment Spread
    is less than zero, the Daily Rate shall be deemed to be such a rate that the aggregate of the Daily Rate and the applicable Credit
    Adjustment Spread is zero.
	 	 
	Lookback
    Period:	Five
    RFR Banking Days.
	 	 
	Market
    Disruption Rate:	The
                                            percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

	 	 
	 	(a)       	the
    Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate for the Interest Period of the relevant Loan; and
	 	 
	 	(b)       	the
    applicable Credit Adjustment Spread.
	 	 
	Relevant
    Market:	The
    market for overnight cash borrowing collateralised by US Government securities.
	 	 
	Reporting
    Day:	The
    Business Day which follows the day which is the Lookback Period prior to the last day of the Interest Period.
	 	 
	RFR:	The
    secured overnight financing rate (SOFR) administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes over
    the administration of that rate) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any other person which takes over the publication
    of that rate).
	 	 
	RFR
    Banking Day:	Any
                                            day other than:

                                                                                           

    (a)           a
    Saturday or Sunday; and

     

    (b)           a
    day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (or any successor organisation) recommends that the fixed
    income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in US Government securities.

	 	 
	Reporting
    Times	 
	 	 
	Deadline
    for Lenders to report market disruption in accordance

    with Clause 12.2 (Market Disruption):	Close
    of business in London on the Reporting Day for the relevant Loan.
	 	 
	Deadline
    for Lenders to report their cost of funds in accordance with Clause 12.4 (Cost of funds)	Close
    of business on the date falling three Business Days after the Reporting Day for the relevant Loan (or, if earlier, on the date falling
    three Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of the Interest Period for that Loan).


 






    (179)


     


    

 


Schedule
13


 


Daily
Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate


 


The
 "Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate" for any RFR Banking Day "i" during an Interest Period for
a Compounded Rate Loan is the percentage rate per annum (without rounding, to the extent reasonably practicable for the Finance Party
performing the calculation, taking into account the capabilities of any software used for that purpose) calculated as set out below:


 


 


 


where:




 


"UCCDRi"
means the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that RFR Banking Day "i";


 


"UCCDRi-1"
means, in relation to that RFR Banking Day "i", the Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for the immediately
preceding RFR Banking Day (if any) during that Interest Period;


 


"dcc"
means 360 or, in any case where market practice in the Relevant Market is to use a different number for quoting the number of days in
a year, that number;


 


"ni"
means the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day "i" up to, but excluding, the following
RFR Banking Day; and


 


the
 "Unannualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate" for any RFR Banking Day (the "Cumulated RFR Banking Day")
during that Interest Period is the result of the below calculation (without rounding, to the extent reasonably practicable for the Finance
Party performing the calculation, taking into account the capabilities of any software used for that purpose):


 





 


where:




 


"ACCDR"
means the Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day;


 


"tni"
means the number of calendar days from, and including, the first day of the Cumulation Period to, but excluding, the RFR Banking Day
which immediately follows the last day of the Cumulation Period;


 


"Cumulation
Period" means the period from, and including, the first RFR Banking Day of that Interest Period to, and including, that Cumulated
RFR Banking Day;


 






    (180)


     


    

 


"dcc"
has the meaning given to that term above; and 


 


the "Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily
Rate" for that Cumulated RFR Banking Day is the percentage rate per annum (rounded to four decimal places) calculated as set
out below:


 


 


 


where:




 


"d0"
means the number of RFR Banking Days in the Cumulation Period;


 


"Cumulation
Period" has the meaning given to that term above;


 


"i"
means a series of whole numbers from one to d0, each representing the relevant RFR Banking Day in chronological order in the
Cumulation Period;


 


"DailyRatei-LP"
means, for any RFR Banking Day "i" in the Cumulation Period, the Daily Rate for the RFR Banking Day which is the applicable
Lookback Period prior to that RFR Banking Day "i";


 


"ni"
means, for any RFR Banking Day "i" in the Cumulation Period, the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR
Banking Day "i" up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day;


 


"dcc"
has the meaning given to that term above; and


 


"tni"
has the meaning given to that term above.


 






    (181)


     


    

 


Schedule
14


 


Cumulative
Compounded RFR Rate


 


The
 "Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate" for any Interest Period for a Compounded Rate Loan is the percentage rate per annum
(rounded to the same number of decimal places as is specified in the definition of "Annualised Cumulative Compounded Daily Rate"
in Schedule 13 (Daily Non-Cumulative Compounded RFR Rate)) calculated as set out below:


 


 


 


where:


 


"d0"
means the number of RFR Banking Days during the Interest Period;


 


"i"
means a series of whole numbers from one to d0, each representing the relevant RFR Banking Day in chronological order
during the Interest Period;


 


"DailyRatei-LP"
means for any RFR Banking Day "i" during the Interest Period, the Daily Rate for the RFR Banking Day which is the applicable
Lookback Period prior to that RFR Banking Day "i";


 


"ni"
means, for any RFR Banking Day "i", the number of calendar days from, and including, that RFR Banking Day "i"
up to, but excluding, the following RFR Banking Day;


 


		(a)	"dcc"
                                            means 360 or, in any case where market practice in the Relevant Market is to use a different
                                            number for quoting the number of days in a year, that number; and



 


		(b)	"d"
                                            means the number of calendar days during that Interest Period.



 






    (182)


     


    

 


Signatures


 


[intentionally
left blank]


 



    (183)